WO2018028063A1 - Method, device and terminal, and storage medium for transmitting uplink control information - Google Patents

Method, device and terminal, and storage medium for transmitting uplink control information Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018028063A1
WO2018028063A1 PCT/CN2016/104795 CN2016104795W WO2018028063A1 WO 2018028063 A1 WO2018028063 A1 WO 2018028063A1 CN 2016104795 W CN2016104795 W CN 2016104795W WO 2018028063 A1 WO2018028063 A1 WO 2018028063A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
downlink
information
harq
subframe
subframes
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/104795
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨维维
戴博
方惠英
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201610876662.4A external-priority patent/CN107733587A/en
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Publication of WO2018028063A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018028063A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/50Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wire-line communication networks, e.g. low power modes or reduced link rate

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a method, an apparatus, a terminal, and a storage medium for transmitting uplink control information.
  • Machine Type Communication also known as Machine to Machine (M2M)
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • GSM Global System of Mobile
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-A
  • MTC multi-class data services based on LTE/LTE-A will also be more attractive.
  • the User Equipment In order to support the application of the higher data rate MTC, the User Equipment (UE) needs to support new functions; for example, the Half-Duplex-Frequency Division Duplex UE (HD-FDD UE) needs to support the hybrid automatic repeat request ( Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ)-ACK (Acknowledgement) binding, and there is no method for how the HD-FDD UE performs HARQ-ACK binding in the prior art, so that the UE cannot support the application of the higher data rate MTC.
  • the Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ)-ACK (Acknowledgement) binding Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ)-ACK (Acknowledgement) binding
  • C-IOT Comb-Internet Of Things
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • TR45.820V200 Global The system for Mobile Communication
  • GSM Global The system for Mobile Communication
  • GSM Global The system for Mobile Communication
  • GSM Global The system for Mobile Communication
  • the NB-IoT system needs to support two uplink and downlink HARQ processes.
  • the prior art does not provide a HARQ-ACK transmission method when the NB-IoT system supports two DL HARQ processes, thereby failing to support two downlink HARQ processes.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a device, a terminal, and a storage medium for transmitting uplink control information, which can enable the HD-FDD UE to support HARQ-ACK binding, thereby enabling the UE to support the UE.
  • High data rate MTC applications can enable the HD-FDD UE to support HARQ-ACK binding, thereby enabling the UE to support the UE.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for sending uplink control information, where the method includes:
  • the terminal receives downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes from the downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 ; and according to the timing information of the downlink information and the corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information, in the S2 uplink subframes Sending HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information on the frame;
  • Q i is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK response information.
  • the subframe whose subframe index is n 0 is: a preset subframe or a subframe indicated by signaling.
  • the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: a timing relationship between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information determined according to the predefined rules.
  • the value of S1 is a preset value, or the value of S1 is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of S1 is a value configured by signaling.
  • the method further includes: determining, according to the location of the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 subframes, and the determined timing relationship, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in S2 The position in the uplink subframe.
  • the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: between the N downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located according to the predefined rule.
  • Timing relationship; P j is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the jth downlink information, and the value of N is a preset value, or the value of N is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of N is a value configured by signaling.
  • the method further includes: determining, according to a location of each downlink information in the N downlink information, and the determined timing relationship, a location of the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S2 uplink subframes.
  • the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: determining the number of downlink information included in the S1 downlink subframes according to the value of S1 and the number of downlink subframes occupied by the downlink information transmission.
  • G Determine, according to a predefined rule, a timing relationship between the G downlink information and the uplink subframe where the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located, where the value of S1 is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling.
  • the method further includes: determining, according to a location of each downlink information in the G downlink information, and the determined timing relationship, a location of the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S2 subframes.
  • the downlink control information (DCI) corresponding to the downlink information includes the first control domain information; and the first control domain information is a newly added downlink allocation indication in the DCI (Downlink Assignment) Indicator, DAI), wherein the DAI field is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the downlink information is located in the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, and the offset of the downlink information with respect to the end position of the S1 downlink subframes,
  • the DAI field is used to indicate whether the downlink information is located in the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, and the method further includes:
  • the terminal When the terminal determines that the downlink information is the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule, according to the DAI domain corresponding to the last X downlink information that is received. Or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the downlink information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes are not sent. HARQ-ACK response information.
  • the method when the DAI domain is used to indicate the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, the method further includes:
  • the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes is sent according to a predefined rule.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal determining, by the terminal, that the downlink information is not offset from the end position of the S1 downlink subframes according to the received DAI field corresponding to the last downlink information, and transmitting, by using a predefined rule, the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes.
  • the DAI domain includes a first sub-control domain and a second sub-control domain, where the first sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and the second sub-control domain is used.
  • the number of downlink information that has been accumulated until the current downlink information is indicated, the method also includes:
  • the terminal determines the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the position of each downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes according to the received DAI domains, and sends the S1 according to a predefined rule.
  • the DAI domain includes a third sub-control domain and a fourth sub-control domain, where the third sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information that has been accumulated up to the current downlink information, and the fourth sub-control domain is used. And indicating a binding window where the downlink information is located; the method further includes:
  • the terminal determines, according to all the received third sub-control fields, whether the discontinuous transmission DTX has occurred. If the result of the first determination is that the DTX has occurred, the HARQ-ACK response corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes is not sent. The information or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; if the result of the first determination is that the DTX does not occur, the terminal determines, according to the received fourth sub-control domain, whether the second occurrence occurs.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes is not sent;
  • the result of the second determination is that the DQ is not generated, and the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes are sent according to a predefined rule. .
  • the predefined rule is at least one of the following: a first rule, a second rule, where the first rule is: the last subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe/the downlink information, and the HARQ- The number of the interval subframes between the first subframes corresponding to the ACK response information meets the minimum value of the preset value L; the second rule is: the number of HARQ-ACK response information on any two uplink subframes. The difference is less than or equal to the preset value F;
  • the predefined rule is: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes is sent on the subframe n s +f, and n s is the S1 downlink subframes. a subframe index of the last subframe in the frame or a subframe index corresponding to the last subframe of the last downlink information, where f is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling;
  • the method further includes: dividing the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes into Y binding windows, where Y is greater than or equal to 1, and correspondingly, the predefined rules are: The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the binding window y is sent on the subframe n s +fy; wherein, the binding window y is the last y+1 binding window in the S1 downlink subframes, and each binding window is The number of downlink subframes or downlink information included does not exceed 4, 0 ⁇ y ⁇ Y-1.
  • the value of M is a preset value, or the value of M is determined according to S1 and the preset value K, or the value of M is determined according to the number of downlink information and the preset value K included in the downlink subframe of the S1.
  • the terminal determines the manner of sending the HARQ-ACK response information according to the signaling and/or the transmission rule, and the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined sending manner.
  • An embodiment of the present invention further provides an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information, where the apparatus includes a receiving module and a sending module, where
  • the receiving module is configured to receive downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes from a downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 ;
  • the sending module is configured to send the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S2 uplink subframes according to the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information), where Q i is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK response information.
  • HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information
  • the subframe whose subframe index is n 0 is: a preset subframe or a subframe indicated by signaling.
  • the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: the S1 downlink subframes and corresponding HARQ-ACK responses determined according to a predefined rule.
  • the sending module is further configured to determine, according to the location of the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 subframes, and the determined timing relationship, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information is The position in S2 uplink subframes.
  • the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: between the N downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located according to the predefined rule.
  • Timing relationship; P j is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the jth downlink information, and the value of N is a preset value, or the value of N is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of N is a value configured by signaling.
  • the sending module is further configured to determine, according to the location of each downlink information in the N downlink information, and the determined timing relationship, the location of the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S2 uplink subframes. .
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive downlink control information DCI corresponding to the downlink information, where the DCI includes first control domain information; and the first control domain information is newly added in the DCI.
  • the downlink assignment indicates a DAI domain, wherein the DAI domain is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the downlink information is located in the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, and the offset of the downlink information with respect to the end position of the S1 downlink subframes,
  • the receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
  • the sending module is further configured to: according to the DAI domain corresponding to the last X downlink information received And determining that the downlink information is the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, and transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the downlink information and the corresponding information in the S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information is not transmitted; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes are not transmitted.
  • the receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
  • the sending module is further configured to: when the location of the last downlink information received is the same as the end position of the S1 downlink subframes indicated by the DAI domain, send the corresponding S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule.
  • the receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
  • the sending module is further configured to: when the downlink information is not offset from the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, according to the value of the DAI field corresponding to the received last downlink information, send the S1 according to a predefined rule.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes is described.
  • the DAI domain includes a first sub-control domain and a second sub-control domain, where the first sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and the second sub-control domain is used. The number of downlink information that has been accumulated until the current downlink information is indicated;
  • the receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
  • the sending module is further configured to determine, according to all received DAI domains, the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the location of each downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and according to the predefined The rule sends the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes.
  • the DAI domain includes a third sub-control domain and a fourth sub-control domain, where the third sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information that has been accumulated up to the current downlink information, and the fourth sub-control domain is used. And a binding window indicating that the downlink information is located;
  • the receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
  • the sending module is further configured to determine, according to all the received third sub-control domains, whether the discontinuous transmission DTX has occurred, and when the first judgment result is that DTX occurs, the S1 downlink sub-s The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the frame or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; when the first judgment result is that no DTX occurs, according to the received fourth sub-control domain Determining whether DTX occurs or not, and not transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ- corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes when the result of the second determination is that the DTX is generated.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the downlink information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes are corresponding according to a predefined rule. HARQ-ACK response information.
  • the predefined rule is at least one of the following: a first rule, a second rule, where the first rule is: the last subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe/the downlink information, and the HARQ- The number of the interval subframes between the first subframes corresponding to the ACK response information meets the minimum value of the preset value L; the second rule is: the number of HARQ-ACK response information on any two uplink subframes. The difference is less than or equal to the preset value F;
  • the predefined rule is: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframe or the S1 downlink subframe is sent in the subframe ns+f, and the ns is the S1 downlink. a subframe index of the last subframe in the subframe or a subframe index corresponding to the last subframe of the last downlink information, where f is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling;
  • the device further includes a dividing module, where the dividing module is further configured to divide the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes into Y binding windows, where Y is greater than or equal to 1, corresponding to
  • the pre-defined rule is that the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the binding window y is sent on the subframe ns+fy; wherein the binding window y is the last y+1th binding in the S1 downlink subframes.
  • the window is fixed, and the number of downlink subframes or downlink information included in each binding window does not exceed 4, 0 ⁇ y ⁇ Y-1.
  • the value of M is a preset value, or the value of M is determined according to S1 and the preset value K, or the value of M is determined according to the number of downlink information and the preset value K included in the downlink subframe of the S1.
  • the sending module is further configured to determine a manner of sending the HARQ-ACK response information according to the signaling and/or the transmission rule, and the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined sending manner.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a terminal, where the terminal includes any one of the foregoing uplink control information sending devices.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a storage medium, where the storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is configured to perform the sending of the uplink control information.
  • the terminal receives downlink information in S1 downlink subframes from a downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 ; according to the downlink
  • the information and the timing relationship of the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information, and the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information is sent on the S2 uplink subframes;
  • Q i is the number of repetitions corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK information; thus, the HD-FDD UE can support the HARQ-ACK binding, thereby enabling the UE to support the application of the higher data rate MTC.
  • the terminal determines the manner in which the HARQ-ACK response information is sent according to the signaling and/or the transmission rule, and the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined sending manner; thus, the NB-IoT UE can support two HARQ processes, and thus Further reduce power consumption and delay, and increase transmission rate.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram 1 of a correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and a downlink subframe transmitted in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 3 is a second schematic diagram of correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and downlink subframes in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 is a third schematic diagram of correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and downlink subframes in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram 4 of correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and downlink subframes in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram 5 of a correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and a downlink subframe transmitted in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram 6 of a correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and a downlink subframe transmitted in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram 7 of a correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and a downlink subframe transmitted in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is a first schematic diagram of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a second schematic diagram of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe sent by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram of a value of a DAI field and a pair of downlink subframes sent by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. Should be related to diagram three;
  • FIG. 12 is a fourth schematic diagram of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram 5 of a correspondence between a value of a DAI domain and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram 6 of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram 7 of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 16 is a schematic diagram 8 of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe sent by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram nin of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram 10 showing a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram showing a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 20 is a schematic diagram showing a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 21 is a schematic diagram 1 of a binding binding window according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram 2 of a binding binding window according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram 3 of dividing a binding window according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 24 is a flowchart of a method for a terminal to send HARQ-ACK response information according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG.
  • Step 101 The terminal receives downlink information in S1 downlink subframes from a downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 , where S1 is a positive integer greater than zero.
  • the terminal may be a half-duplex type B terminal.
  • the terminal is an HD-FDD UE.
  • the subframe whose subframe index is n 0 may be: a preset subframe or a subframe indicated by signaling.
  • the downlink information here may be a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) corresponding to a MSCH Physical Downlink Control Channel (MPDCCH), a PDSCH not corresponding to the MPDCCH, or a downlink semi-persistent scheduling. (Semi-Persistent Scheduling, SPS) released MPDCCH, NB-IoT system Narrowband Physical Downlink Shared Channel (Narrowband Physical Downlink Shared Channel) and so on.
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • MPDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • SPS Service-Persistent Scheduling
  • Step 102 The terminal sends the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S2 uplink subframes according to the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information.
  • the S2 uplink subframes described above may be consecutive uplink subframes.
  • Q i is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK response information, and Q i is obtained according to the configured repetition number;
  • the downlink information is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH corresponding to the MPDCCH, a PDSCH not corresponding to the MPDCCH, or Indicates the MPDCCH released by the downlink SPS.
  • the value of M is a preset value, or the value of M is determined according to S1 and the preset value K, or the value of M is determined according to the number of downlink information X and the preset value K included in the downlink subframe of the S1.
  • M ceil(X/K), where ceil represents rounding up, and X represents the number of downlink information included in the S1 downlink subframe.
  • K is equal to 4, or K is the value of the signaling configuration.
  • the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is determined by a predefined rule, where the predefined rule is at least one of the following: a first rule, a second rule, and the first rule
  • the number of the interval subframes between the last subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe and the first subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is greater than a minimum value of the preset value L, that is, The number of the interval subframes between the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information and the first subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is L, for example, L is equal to 3;
  • the second rule is: any two uplinks
  • the difference between the number of HARQ-ACK response information on the subframe is less than or equal to a preset value F.
  • the preset value F may be 2, 3, or 4.
  • the number of interval subframes between the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information and the first subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information may be determined by signaling.
  • the signaling is signaling in the DCI.
  • the number of HARQ-ACK response information in each uplink subframe is determined according to the number of interval subframes indicated by the signaling.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information may be acknowledgement (ACK) information, non-acknowledgement (NACK) information, or discontinuous transmission (DTX) information, and the like.
  • ACK acknowledgement
  • NACK non-acknowledgement
  • DTX discontinuous transmission
  • the first embodiment of the method for transmitting the uplink control information of the present invention can enable the UE to support HARQ-ACK binding, thereby enabling the UE to support the application of the MTC with a higher data rate.
  • the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is that the timing between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is determined according to a predefined rule.
  • the relationship is obtained, assuming that the maximum number of downlink processes is 10, the value of S1 is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, the preset value K is equal to 4, the preset value L is equal to 3, and the subframe whose subframe index is n 0 is a fixed subframe; When the radio frame index is even, n 0 is equal to 0.
  • n 0 is equal to 5
  • the terminal receives downlink data information on the downlink subframe 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0, wherein the downlink data information occupies 1 subframe; the terminal is in the uplink subframe 1 of the radio frame 1
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the subframe 2 and the uplink subframe 3.
  • the terminal is a terminal of the half duplex type B, so the subframe 0 of the radio frame 1 and the subframe 4 of the radio frame 1 are used for the uplink and downlink. Switch.
  • the timing relationship between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located is determined according to the predefined rule: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 0 is in the sub-frame.
  • the frame index is transmitted on an uplink subframe of n 0 +11; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 1 is transmitted on an uplink subframe with a subframe index of n 1 +10; the subframe index n 2 downlink sub-frame corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe n + 9 2 in the subframe index; subframe index n 3 of the downlink sub-frame corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information in a subframe index n
  • the uplink subframe of 3 + 8 is transmitted; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 4 is transmitted on the uplink subframe with the subframe index n 4 + 8; the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 5
  • the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the frame is transmitted on the uplink subframe with the subframe index of n 5 +7; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to
  • the terminal after receiving the downlink information in the downlink subframe 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe 3 of the radio frame 0, the terminal transmits the corresponding HARQ on the uplink subframe 1 of the radio frame 1.
  • - ACK response information after receiving the downlink information in the downlink subframe 4, the downlink subframe 5, and the downlink subframe 6 of the radio frame 0, the terminal transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 2 of the radio frame 1;
  • the downlink information is received on the downlink subframe 7, the downlink subframe 8, and the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0, and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
  • the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
  • the terminal receives downlink information on the downlink subframe 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0, and the terminal transmits corresponding information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
  • HARQ-ACK response information here, the terminal is a half-duplex type B terminal, so the subframe 0 of the radio frame 1 and the subframe 4 of the radio frame 1 are used for uplink and downlink handover.
  • the timing relationship between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located is determined according to the predefined rule: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 0 is in the sub-frame.
  • the frame index is transmitted on an uplink subframe of n 0 +11; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 1 is transmitted on an uplink subframe with a subframe index of n 1 +10; the subframe index n 2 downlink sub-frame corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe n + 9 2 in the subframe index; subframe index n 3 of the downlink sub-frame corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information in a subframe index n
  • the uplink subframe of 3 + 8 is transmitted; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 4 is transmitted on the uplink subframe with the subframe index n 4 + 8; the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 5
  • the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the frame is transmitted on the uplink subframe with the subframe index of n 5 +7; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to
  • the terminal after receiving the downlink information in the downlink frame 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe 3 of the radio frame 0, the terminal transmits the corresponding HARQ in the uplink subframe 1 of the radio frame 1.
  • ACK response information after receiving the downlink information in the downlink subframe 4, the downlink subframe 5, the downlink subframe 6 and the downlink subframe 7 of the radio frame 0, the terminal transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK on the uplink subframe 2 of the radio frame 1
  • Response information The terminal receives the downlink information on the downlink subframe 8 and the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0, and transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
  • the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
  • the terminal receives the downlink information on the downlink subframe 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0, and the terminal transmits the corresponding information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
  • HARQ-ACK response information here, the terminal is a half-duplex type B terminal, so the subframe 0 of the radio frame 1 and the subframe 4 of the radio frame 1 are used for uplink and downlink handover.
  • the timing relationship between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located is determined according to the predefined rule: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 0 is in the sub-frame.
  • the frame index is transmitted on the uplink subframe of n 0 +11; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 1 is sent on the uplink subframe with the subframe index n 1 +10; the subframe index n 2 downlink sub-frame corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe n + 9 2 in the subframe index; subframe index n 3 of the downlink sub-frame corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information in a subframe index n transmitting the uplink subframe 3 +9; downlink subframe index n corresponding to the sub-frame 4 of the HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe n +8 4 in subframe index; downlink sub-subframe index n 5
  • the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the frame is transmitted on the uplink subframe with the subframe index of n 5 +7; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe
  • the terminal after receiving the downlink information in the downlink frame 0, the downlink subframe 1 and the downlink subframe 2 of the radio frame 0, the terminal transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1 of the radio frame 1; After receiving the downlink information in the downlink subframe 3, the downlink subframe 4, and the downlink subframe 5 of the radio frame 0, the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe 2 of the radio frame 1; the terminal is in the downlink of the radio frame 0.
  • the downlink information is received on the subframe 6, the downlink subframe 7, the downlink subframe 8, and the downlink subframe 9, and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
  • the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
  • the terminal receives downlink data information on the downlink subframe 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0, where each downlink data information occupies 2 subframes; the terminal is in the uplink subframe 1 of the radio frame 1 Transmitting the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 2 and the uplink subframe 3; here, the terminal is a terminal of the half duplex type B, so the subframe 0 of the radio frame 1 and the subframe 4 of the radio frame 1 are used. Up and down switching.
  • the timing relationship between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information may be determined according to the specific embodiment 1, and the location of the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes is determined.
  • the uplink subframe in which the HARQ-ACK response information is located may be determined according to the specific embodiment 1, and the location of the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes is determined.
  • the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
  • the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is that the downlink information of the N downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S1 downlink subframes are determined according to a predefined rule.
  • the timing relationship between frames is obtained. Assume that the maximum number of downlink processes is 10, and assume that the number of subframes occupied by downlink information transmission is 2, and the value of N is equal to 10 of the maximum number of downlink processes.
  • the terminal receives the downlink information on the downlink subframe 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0 and the downlink subframe 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 1 and receives the downlink information, and in the radio frame 2
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3.
  • the subframe 0 of the radio frame 2 and the subframe 4 of the radio frame 2 are used for uplink and downlink handover.
  • the terminal may determine a timing relationship between the N downlink information and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located according to the predefined rule; specifically, the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 1 and ends the downlink information.
  • the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 2 and the end subframe of the downlink information
  • the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 3 and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is
  • k 2 the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 2 +16;
  • the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 4 and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 3 , Transmitting the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 3 +14; when the terminal receives the downlink information of
  • the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 2.
  • the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information are assumed.
  • the timing relationship is obtained according to a predefined rule to determine a timing relationship between the G downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located, and the value of G is based on the value of S1 and each downlink information.
  • the number of downlink subframes occupied by the transmission is determined.
  • the terminal receives downlink data information on the downlink frame 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0 and the radio frame 1, wherein the downlink data information occupies 2 subframes; the terminal is in the uplink subframe of the radio frame 2 Frame 1, uplink subframe 2, and uplink subframe 3 transmit corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; here, the terminal is a half duplex type B terminal, so subframe 0 of radio frame 1 and subframe 4 of radio frame 1 Used for uplink and downlink switching.
  • the timing relationship between the G downlink information and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located may be determined according to a predefined rule. Specifically, the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 1 and the end subframe of the downlink information.
  • the sub-frame index is k 0 , and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 0 +18;
  • the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 2, and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 1 , transmitting corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in an uplink subframe with a subframe index of k 1 +16;
  • the terminal receives downlink information of the downlink process 3, and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 2 , in the sub
  • the uplink subframe with the frame index of k 2 +14 transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information;
  • the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 4, the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 3 , and the subframe index is k 3
  • the uplink subframe of +13 transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information;
  • the terminal receives
  • the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 2.
  • the terminal receives downlink data information on the downlink frame 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0 and the radio frame 1, wherein the downlink data information occupies 2 subframes; the terminal is in the uplink subframe of the radio frame 2
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the frame 1.
  • the terminal is a half-duplex type B terminal, so the subframe 0 of the radio frame 1 and the subframe 2 of the radio frame 1 are used for uplink and downlink handover.
  • the timing relationship between the G downlink information and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located may be determined according to a predefined rule. Specifically, the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 1 and the end subframe of the downlink information.
  • the sub-frame index is k 0 , and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 0 +18;
  • the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 2, and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 1 , transmitting the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 1 +14;
  • the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 3, and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 2 , in the sub
  • the uplink subframe with the frame index of k 2 +10 transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information;
  • the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 4, the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 3 , and the subframe index is k 3
  • the uplink subframe of +6 transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information;
  • the terminal receive
  • the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information in the uplink subframe 1 of the radio frame 2.
  • the terminal after receiving the downlink information in the S1 subframes, the terminal obtains the HARQ-ACK actually transmitted according to any one of the following manners, mode 2, or mode 3, after the subframes with the subframe index of n 0 are received.
  • the information may be obtained by selecting different manners according to the coverage level of the terminal. For example, when the number of HARQ-ACK transmission repetitions of the terminal is 1, one of mode 2 or mode 3 is selected. When the number of HARQ-ACK transmission repetitions corresponding to the terminal is greater than 1, the mode 1 is selected, where
  • the first method is: XORing the HARQ-ACK response information of one or more downlink information corresponding to each uplink subframe to obtain HARQ-ACK information sent on each uplink subframe.
  • the second method is: counting the number of ACK information in the HARQ-ACK response information of one or more downlink information corresponding to each uplink subframe, based on the number of ACK information that is counted, and the preset ACK information. Correspondence between the number and the HARQ-ACK information to be sent System, determining HARQ-ACK information sent on each uplink subframe;
  • the third mode is: performing HARQ-ACK response information of one or more downlink information corresponding to each uplink subframe according to a downlink allocation indication DAI from low to high, and performing statistically sorted HARQ-ACK response information.
  • the distribution information of the ACK information is determined based on the distribution information of the ACK information and the correspondence between the distribution information of the ACK information and the HARQ-ACK information to be transmitted, and the HARQ-ACK transmitted on each uplink subframe is determined.
  • Information; the distribution information of the ACK information includes: the number of ACK information, and the number of consecutive R ACK information starting from the first ACK information.
  • the downlink control information corresponding to the downlink data includes the downlink allocation indication DAI, the meaning of the DAI, and the prior art. The same, no longer repeat here.
  • the terminal may determine, by using the resource configuration signaling, a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resource used for transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information, or may also use the resource configuration signaling and the enhanced control channel unit corresponding to the MPDCCH (Enhanced Control)
  • the channel element (ECCE) index implicitly obtains the PUCCH resource used when transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information;
  • the resource configuration signaling here may be high layer signaling, and may also include signaling in the high layer signaling and downlink control information.
  • the first mode, the second mode, and the third mode are respectively exemplified by three specific embodiments.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information sent on each uplink subframe is obtained.
  • the terminal is in the downlink subframe 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe of the radio frame 0.
  • the frame 3 After receiving the downlink information, the frame 3 performs XOR of the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe 3 of the radio frame 0, to obtain 1-bit HARQ-ACK information.
  • the obtained 1-bit HARQ-ACK information is the uplink of the radio frame 1 HARQ-ACK information transmitted on subframe 1.
  • the PUCCH resource used for transmitting the HARQ-ACK information may be obtained by using the ECCE index implicit mapping and signaling corresponding to the MPDCCH corresponding to the last downlink information received by the terminal, specifically:
  • the PUCCH resource is obtained by using the following formula:
  • the PUCCH resource is obtained by using the following formula:
  • q is the number of the first ECCE allocated by the corresponding DCI in the MPDCCH-PRB-set q
  • ECCE is the number in one RB
  • m is the number of the downlink corresponding to the uplink sub-frame information
  • ⁇ ARO DCI is obtained by the HARQ-ACK resources offset field, It is equal to the number of ECCEs corresponding to MPDCCH-PRB-set q.
  • the PUCCH resource used for transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information may be determined by using the high layer signaling.
  • the base station configures, by using the high layer signaling, four PUCCH resources, the PUCCH resource and the downlink information.
  • the downlink subframes are corresponding to each other.
  • the PUCCH resource 1 corresponds to the downlink information of the downlink subframe 0 of the radio frame
  • the PUCCH resource 2 corresponds to the downlink information of the downlink subframe 1 of the radio frame
  • the PUCCH resource 3 corresponds to the downlink subframe 2 of the radio frame.
  • the downlink information, the PUCCH resource 4 corresponds to the downlink information of the downlink subframe 3 of the radio frame 0, and the PUCCH resource used by the terminal to transmit the HARQ-ACK response information is the PUCCH resource corresponding to the last downlink information received by the terminal.
  • the method for obtaining HARQ-ACK information and the corresponding PUCCH resource allocation mechanism of the uplink subframe 2 of the radio frame 1 are the same as the uplink subframe 1 of the radio subframe 1, and the HARQ-ACK information transmitted by the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1 is
  • the obtaining method and the corresponding PUCCH resource allocation mechanism are the same as the uplink subframe 1 of the radio subframe 1, and are not described here.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information sent on each uplink subframe is obtained.
  • the terminal is in the downlink subframe 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe of the radio frame 0.
  • the frame 3 counts the number of ACK information in the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe 3, and obtains the transmitted HARQ-ACK according to Table 1. information.
  • the PUCCH resource used when transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information can be obtained through high layer signaling.
  • the method for obtaining HARQ-ACK information and the corresponding PUCCH resource allocation mechanism of the uplink subframe 2 of the radio frame 1 are the same as the uplink subframe 1 of the radio subframe 1, and the HARQ- transmitted by the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1
  • the method for obtaining the ACK information and the corresponding PUCCH resource allocation mechanism are the same as the uplink subframe 1 of the radio subframe 1, and are not described here.
  • HARQ-ACK response information sent on each uplink subframe according to mode 3 exemplary Referring to FIG. 2, after receiving the downlink information in the downlink subframe 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe 3 of the radio frame 0, the terminal performs HARQ for each downlink information corresponding to each uplink subframe.
  • the ACK response information is ordered from low to high according to the corresponding downlink allocation indication DAI, and is obtained as HARQ-ACK (0), HARQ-ACK (1), HARQ-ACK (2), and HARQ-ACK (3), respectively.
  • the transmitted HARQ-ACK information is then determined according to Table 2.
  • any represents any HARQ-ACK response information, for example, any may represent ACK information, NACK information, or DTX information.
  • the PUCCH resource used for transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information may be configured by using resource configuration signaling, where the resource configuration information includes signaling in the high layer signaling and the downlink control information; specifically, the high layer signaling configuration
  • the q resources indicate the specific used resources through the signaling in the downlink control information; the resource overhead of the DCI depends on the size of the q.
  • the method for obtaining HARQ-ACK information and the corresponding PUCCH resource allocation mechanism sent by the uplink subframe 2 of the radio frame 1 are the same as the uplink subframe 1 of the radio subframe 1, and the radio frame 1 is received.
  • the method for obtaining the HARQ-ACK information and the corresponding PUCCH resource allocation mechanism are the same as the uplink subframe 1 of the radio subframe 1, and are not described here.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal through the FDD system, and the terminal is a half-duplex FDD terminal; the base station can send the downlink information and the DCI corresponding to the downlink information to the terminal, where the base station increases the scheduling of the transmitted DCI.
  • the base station increases the scheduling of the transmitted DCI.
  • the base station adds a DAI (Downlink Assignment Indicator) field to the DCI, and the DAI field is used to indicate whether the downlink information is located in the last one of the S1 downlink subframes, that is, the DAI domain is used.
  • DAI Downlink Assignment Indicator
  • the base station transmits MPDCCH on subframe 0, subframe 1, subframe 2, subframe 3, and subframe 4, respectively, in subframe 2, subframe 3, subframe 4, subframe 5, and subframe 6.
  • the corresponding PDSCH is transmitted separately, and the number of repetitions of the MPDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH transmission is 1; the meaning of the DAI domain is as shown in Table 3.
  • the value of the DAI field in the DCI received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 9.
  • the terminal receives the MPDCCH with the DAI field value of 1 on the subframe 4, the terminal determines that the PDSCH corresponding to the received MPDCCH is the last PDSCH. And transmitting, according to the preset timing relationship, the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the next radio frame subframe 0.
  • the preset timing relationship is: when receiving the PDSCH corresponding to the last MPDCCH in the subframe n, in the sub-frame
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the frame n+4; the specifically transmitted HARQ-ACK information is determined through Table 4. It should be noted that Table 4 only gives an example, and the present invention does not exclude other HARQ-ACK information and ACK number combination method;
  • the value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 10.
  • the meaning of the DAI field can be explained with reference to Table 3.
  • the terminal receives the MPDCCH with the value of 0 in the DAI field on the subframe 0, the subframe 1, the subframe 2, and the subframe 3, and the terminal does not detect the MPDCCH in the subsequent N1 subframes, where the terminal can determine the transmission.
  • DTX occurs when the downlink information is generated.
  • the UE does not send the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information;
  • N1 is an integer greater than 0; for example, the terminal does not detect the MPDCCH on the subframe 4, the subframe 5, the subframe 6 and the subframe 7, and determines that DTX occurs when transmitting the downlink information, in FIG.
  • the dotted line indicates that it is not necessary to transmit the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information.
  • the base station may perform PUCCH detection on the next radio frame subframe 0, and determine the PDSCH transmission according to the detection result.
  • the base station determines that DTX occurs during data transmission, and the scheduling is performed. All the PDSCHs are retransmitted.
  • the base station detects the HARQ-ACK information
  • the base station determines the transmission status of the PDSCH according to the received HARQ-ACK information, where the base station performs PUCCH detection and the HARQ-ACK information received by the base station root determines that the PDSCH transmission status belongs to the current situation. There is technology, so I won't go into details here.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal through the FDD system, and the terminal is a half-duplex FDD terminal; the base station can send the downlink information and the DCI corresponding to the downlink information to the terminal, where the base station increases the scheduling of the transmitted DCI.
  • the base station increases the scheduling of the transmitted DCI.
  • the base station adds a DAI field in the DCI, and the DAI field is used to indicate the offset of the downlink information with respect to the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, that is, the DAI domain is used to indicate the corresponding PDSCH or the corresponding
  • the MPDCCH indicating the downlink SPS release is offset from the end position of the S1 downlink subframes.
  • the DCI received by the terminal includes a DAI domain; here, the terminal may pre-agreed with the base station the content indicated by the DAI domain.
  • the seventh embodiment of the present invention will be exemplified below by way of a specific embodiment.
  • the base station transmits MPDCCH in subframe 0, subframe 1, subframe 2, subframe 3, subframe 4, subframe 5, and subframe 6, respectively, in subframe 2, subframe 3, and subframe. 4.
  • Subframe 5, subframe 6, subframe 7, and subframe 8 respectively transmit corresponding PDSCH, MPDCCH, and corresponding PDSCH.
  • the number of repetitions during transmission is 1; here, the meaning of the DAI field is shown in Table 5.
  • the value of the DAI field in the DCI received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 11.
  • the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 0 to the subframe 6, and receives the MPDCCH with the DAI field value of 00 on the subframe 6, and the subsequent N2.
  • the terminal determines that the PDSCH corresponding to the received MPDCCH is the last PDSCH of the S1 downlink subframes, and N2 is an integer greater than 0.
  • the terminal is next according to the preset timing relationship.
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the radio frame subframe 2; here, the preset timing relationship is: when the PDSCH corresponding to the last MPDCCH is received on the subframe n, the corresponding HARQ is transmitted on the subframe n+4.
  • ACK response information the content of the specifically transmitted HARQ-ACK information can be determined by using Table 4. It should be noted that Table 4 only gives an example, and the present invention does not exclude other combinations of transmitting HARQ-ACK information and ACK number;
  • the value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the meaning of the DAI domain can be explained with reference to Table 5; the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 0 to the subframe 5, and receives the subframe M.
  • the terminal determines that the MPDCCH on the subframe 6 is lost. Loss, N3 is an integer greater than 0; at this time, the UE does not transmit the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; in FIG. 12, the broken line indicates that the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information does not need to be transmitted.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information for setting up to 4 PDSCHs is transmitted in the same uplink subframe, that is, the maximum value of the binding window is 4; the value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 13, and the terminal is in subframe 0 to A corresponding MPDCCH is detected on the subframe 6, and an MPDCCH with a value of 00 in the DAI field is received on the subframe 6, and the MPDCCH is not detected on the subsequent N4 subframes of the subframe 6.
  • Y binding windows Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • each binding window corresponds to 4 subframes, where N4 is an integer greater than 0, and the bound window index is from the last one.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the PDSCH in the frame 8) is transmitted on the next radio frame subframe 2, and the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the PDSCH in the binding window 1 (corresponding to the subframe 2, the subframe 3, and the subframe 4) is below
  • a radio frame is transmitted on subframe 1; here, the preset timing relationship is: when receiving the last PDSCH on subframe n,
  • the HARQ-ACK response information for setting up to 4 PDSCHs is transmitted in the same uplink subframe, that is, the maximum value of the binding window is 4; the value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 14, and the terminal is in subframe 0 to
  • the MPDCCH is detected on the subframe 5, and the MPDCCH with the value of the DAI field is 01 is received on the subframe 5, and the MPDCCH is not detected on the subsequent N5 subframes of the subframe 5.
  • An MPDCCH is lost, that is, the terminal can determine that the end subframe of the foregoing S1 subframes is the subframe 6, and at this time, the terminal receives the last PDSCH from the sub-frame.
  • Y binding windows are constructed, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and each binding window corresponds to 4 subframes, where N5 is an integer greater than 0, and the binding window index is from the PDSCH corresponding to the last MPDCCH.
  • the subframe starts; as shown in FIG. 14, there are two binding windows, and the terminal determines that DTX occurs in the binding window 0 (corresponding to subframe 5, subframe 6, subframe 7, and subframe 8 according to the preset timing relationship). Therefore, the terminal does not send the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information of the binding window 0.
  • the dotted line indicates that the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information does not need to be sent; the terminal may also bind the window according to the preset timing relationship.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the PDSCH in 1 (corresponding to subframe 2, subframe 3, and subframe 4) is transmitted on the next radio frame subframe 1; here, the preset timing relationship is: receiving the last one on subframe n
  • Table 2 it should be noted that Table 2 only gives an example, and the present invention does not exclude other HARQ-ACK information that determines the transmission. The way.
  • the base station may perform PUCCH detection on the next radio frame subframe 2, and determine the transmission of the PDSCH according to the detection result.
  • the base station determines that DTX occurs during data transmission, and the scheduling is performed. All the PDSCHs are retransmitted.
  • the base station detects the HARQ-ACK information
  • the base station determines the transmission status of the PDSCH according to the received HARQ-ACK information, where the base station performs PUCCH detection and the HARQ-ACK information received by the base station root determines that the PDSCH transmission status belongs to the current situation. There is technology, so I won't go into details here.
  • the base station For example, if the HARQ-ACK response information of up to 4 PDSCHs is transmitted in the same subframe, the base station performs PUCCH detection on the next radio frame subframe 1 and subframe 2, and determines the transmission of the PDSCH according to the detection result; optionally, when the base station does not have When the HARQ-ACK information is detected, the base station determines that DTX occurs during data transmission, and retransmits all the scheduled PDSCHs.
  • the base station When the base station detects the HARQ-ACK information, the base station determines the PDSCH transmission according to the received HARQ-ACK information, where The case where the base station performs the PUCCH detection and the HARQ-ACK information received by the base station to determine the transmission of the PDSCH belongs to the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal through the FDD system, and the terminal is a half-duplex FDD terminal; the base station can send the downlink information and the DCI corresponding to the downlink information to the terminal, where the base station increases the scheduling of the transmitted DCI.
  • the base station increases the scheduling of the transmitted DCI.
  • the base station adds a DAI domain to the DCI, where the DAI domain includes a first sub-control domain and a second sub-control domain, where the first sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, that is,
  • the first sub-control field is used to indicate the number of the PDSCH in the S1 downlink subframes and the number of MPDCCHs in the downlink SPS release, and the second sub-control field is used to indicate the downlink information that has been accumulated to the current downlink information.
  • the number that is, the second sub-control field is used to indicate the PDSCH that has accumulated to the current PDSCH or the MPDCCH currently indicating the downlink SPS release, and the number of MPDCCHs that indicate the release of the SPS.
  • the DCI received by the terminal includes the DAI domain.
  • the terminal can pre-arrange the content indicated by the DAI domain with the base station.
  • the seventh embodiment of the present invention will be exemplified below by way of a specific embodiment.
  • the base station transmits MPDCCH on subframe 0, subframe 1, subframe 2, subframe 3, and subframe 4, respectively, in subframe 2, subframe 3, subframe 4, subframe 5, and subframe 6.
  • the corresponding PDSCH is sent separately, and the number of repetitions of the MPDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH transmission is 1; here, the meaning of the DAI domain is as shown in Table 6 and Table 7.
  • the value of the DAI field in the DCI received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 15.
  • the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 0 to the subframe 4, and receives the MPDCCH with the value of the first sub-control field of 00 in the subframe 4. And when the MPDCCH with the value of 00 of the second sub-control field is received on the subframe 4, and the MPDCCH is not detected on the subsequent N6 subframes of the subframe 4, the terminal determines the received on the subframe 4.
  • the PDSCH corresponding to the MPDCCH is the last PDSCH of the S1 downlink subframes, and N6 is an integer greater than 0.
  • the terminal sends a corresponding HARQ-ACK response on the next radio frame subframe 0 according to a preset timing relationship.
  • the preset timing relationship is: when the PDSCH corresponding to the last MPDCCH is received on the subframe n, the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the subframe n+4;
  • the content of the specifically sent HARQ-ACK information may pass Table 4 performs the determination. It should be noted that Table 4 only gives an example, and the present invention does not exclude other HARQ-ACK information and ACK number combination.
  • the specific sending of the HARQ-ACK information may be obtained by XORing the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframe or the downlink subframe.
  • the value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 16 , the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 1 to the subframe 3, and receives the MPDCCH with the value of 00 in the first sub-control domain on the subframe 3, and When the MPDCCH with the value of the second sub-control field is 11 is received on the subframe 3, and the MPDCCH is not detected on the subsequent N7 subframes of the subframe 3, the terminal determines that the MPDCCH on the subframe 4 is lost. N7 is an integer greater than 0.
  • the value of the second sub-control field received on the subframe 1 is 01, and the terminal determines that the MPDCCH on the subframe 0 is lost.
  • the terminal does not send the HARQ-ACK response information; In 16, the dotted line indicates that it is not necessary to transmit HARQ-ACK response information.
  • the value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 17, the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 1 to the subframe 4, and receives the MPDCCH with the value of 00 in the first sub-control domain on the subframe 4, and When the MPDCCH with the value of 00 of the second sub-control field is received on the subframe 4, and the MPDCCH is not detected on the subsequent N8 subframes of the subframe 4, the terminal determines that the MPDCCH on the subframe 4 is lost. N8 is an integer greater than 0.
  • the value of the second sub-control field received on the subframe 1 is 01, and the terminal determines that the MPDCCH on the subframe 0 is lost.
  • the UE does not send the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information.
  • the broken line indicates that the HARQ-ACK response information does not need to be transmitted.
  • the base station may perform PUCCH detection on the next radio frame subframe 0, and determine the PDSCH transmission according to the detection result.
  • the base station Determining that DTX occurs when the data is transmitted, and all the PDSCHs that are scheduled are retransmitted.
  • the base station detects the HARQ-ACK information
  • the base station determines the transmission status of the PDSCH according to the received HARQ-ACK information, where the base station performs PUCCH detection and base station root reception.
  • the HARQ-ACK information determines that the transmission of the PDSCH belongs to the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal through the FDD system, and the terminal is a half-duplex FDD terminal; the base station can send the downlink information and the DCI corresponding to the downlink information to the terminal, where the base station increases the scheduling of the transmitted DCI.
  • the base station increases the scheduling of the transmitted DCI.
  • the base station newly adds a DAI domain in the DCI, where the DAI domain includes a third sub-control domain and a fourth sub-control domain, wherein the third sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information that has accumulated up to the current downlink information, that is,
  • the third sub-control field is used to indicate the PDSCH that has been accumulated to the current PDSCH or the MPDCCH that is currently indicated by the downlink SPS release, and the number of MPDCCHs that are released by the downlink SPS.
  • the fourth sub-control field is used to indicate the downlink information.
  • the binding window at the location that is, the fourth sub-control field is used to indicate the binding window in which the current PDSCH or the MPDCCH currently indicating the downlink SPS release is located; here, the terminal may pre-agreed the content indicated by the DAI domain with the base station.
  • the seventh embodiment of the present invention will be exemplified below by way of a specific embodiment.
  • the base station transmits MPDCCH on subframe 0, subframe 1, subframe 2, subframe 3, and subframe 4, respectively, in subframe 2, subframe 3, subframe 4, subframe 5, and subframe 6.
  • the corresponding PDSCH is sent separately, and the number of repetitions of the MPDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH transmission is 1; here, the meaning of the third sub-control domain is as shown in Table 8.
  • the size of the binding window is set to 4.
  • the value of the DAI field in the DCI received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 18.
  • the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 0, the subframe 2, the subframe 3, and the subframe 4, and does not detect the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 1.
  • the terminal determines that DTX occurs when data is transmitted, and the terminal does not transmit the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; in FIG. 18, the broken line indicates that the HARQ-ACK response information does not need to be transmitted.
  • the value of the DAI field in the DCI received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 19, and the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 0 to the subframe 4, and receives the third sub-control domain on the subframe 0 to the subframe 3.
  • the terminal determines that DTX does not occur in the first 4 frames; the terminal is in The value of the fourth sub-control field received on the subframe 0 is 0, and the value of the fourth sub-control field received on the subframe 1, the subframe 2, and the subframe 3 is 1. At this time, the terminal determines that two settings need to be set. Binding window
  • the terminal determines that the last MPDCCH is lost, and the terminal does not send the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; in FIG. 19, the dotted line indicates that the HARQ-ACK is not required to be sent. Answer the message.
  • the value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 20, and the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 0 to the subframe 4, and the value of the third sub-control domain received on the subframe 0 to the subframe 4.
  • the terminal determines that DTX does not occur in the first 5 frames; the value of the fourth sub-control field received by the terminal in subframe 0 is 0, and in subframe 1, subframe 2, The value of the fourth sub-control field received on the subframe 3 and the subframe 4 is 1.
  • the terminal determines that two binding windows need to be set;
  • the terminal determines that the last MPDCCH does not generate DTX. In this case, the terminal may send the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule. The response information or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes.
  • the base station may perform PUCCH detection on the next radio frame subframe 0, and determine the PDSCH transmission according to the detection result.
  • the base station determines that DTX occurs during data transmission, and the scheduling is performed. All the PDSCHs are retransmitted.
  • the base station detects the HARQ-ACK information
  • the base station determines the transmission status of the PDSCH according to the received HARQ-ACK information, where the base station performs PUCCH detection and the HARQ-ACK information received by the base station root determines that the PDSCH transmission status belongs to the current situation. There is technology, so I won't go into details here.
  • the tenth embodiment of the present invention exemplifies a method for dividing downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or S1 downlink subframes into Y binding windows.
  • the terminal divides downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes into Y binding windows according to a predefined manner and/or scheduling the PDSCH; a specific embodiment is given below:
  • the binding window is divided in a predefined manner, where the predefined manner is that the PDSCH on the s downlink subframes is fixed to form a binding window starting from the downlink subframe where the last PDSCH is located, where d, s is predefined.
  • the value is as shown in FIG. 21, and the PDSCH on the four downlink subframes is fixed to form a binding window.
  • the binding window is divided in a predefined manner, where the predefined mode is a predetermined mode, and if the number of consecutive subframes for downlink transmission is at most 10, the predefined mode is ⁇ subframe 0, subframe 1, Subframe 2, the PDSCH on the subframe 3 ⁇ constitutes the first binding window, and the PDSCH on the ⁇ subframe 4, subframe 5, and subframe 6 ⁇ constitutes the second binding window, ⁇ subframe 7, subframe 8.
  • the PDSCH on the subframe 9 ⁇ constitutes a third binding window.
  • the UE combines the PDSCHs in the downlink subframe into three binding windows according to a predetermined pattern, that is, on the ⁇ subframe 0 ⁇ .
  • the PDSCH is a binding window, and the PDSCH on the sub-frame 1, the sub-frame 2, and the sub-frame 3 is one binding window, and the PDSCH on the sub-frame 4, the sub-frame 5, and the sub-frame 6 is one. Binding window
  • the predefined modes are different, for example, the maximum number is 11, then the predefined mode is ⁇ 4, 4, 3 ⁇ , and the UE is according to a predefined
  • the PDSCH on the uplink and downlink subframes of the mode constitutes two binding windows, that is, the PDSCH on the sub-frame 0, the sub-frame 1, the sub-frame 2, and the sub-frame 3 is a binding window, and the sub-frame is sub-framed.
  • the PDSCH on the subframe 6 ⁇ is a binding window; when the maximum number is 5, the predefined mode is ⁇ 2, 3 ⁇ , and when the maximum number is 6, the predefined mode is ⁇ 3, 3 ⁇ ; When the maximum number is 7, the predefined mode is ⁇ 4, 3 ⁇ , and when the maximum number is 8, the predefined mode is ⁇ 4, 4 ⁇ or ⁇ 2, 3, 3 ⁇ , and the maximum number is At 9 o'clock, the predefined mode is ⁇ 3,3,3 ⁇ ;
  • the binding window is divided in a predefined manner, where the predefined manner is that the downlink subframes are corresponding to the Y uplink subframes, and the corresponding uplink subframes are corresponding to the downlink subframes in which the last PDSCH is located.
  • the PDSCH on the downlink subframes constitutes one binding window; as shown in FIG.
  • the subframe 6 corresponds to the uplink subframe 0, the subframe 5 corresponds to the uplink subframe 9; and the subframe 4 corresponds to the uplink subframe 8;
  • the sub-frame 3 corresponds to the uplink sub-frame 0, the sub-frame 2 corresponds to the uplink sub-frame 9, the sub-frame 1 corresponds to the uplink sub-frame 8, and the sub-frame 0 corresponds to the uplink sub-frame 9;
  • the binding window is divided according to the pre-defined manner and the scheduled PDSCH. Specifically, the PDSCH is fixed to form a binding window from the last scheduled PDSCH. In this case, the base station and the terminal need to understand the scheduled PDSCH. Consistent
  • the binding window is configured according to the pre-defined manner and the scheduled PDSCH.
  • the scheduled PDSCH is corresponding to the Y uplink subframes from the last scheduled PDSCH, and the base station and the terminal need to understand the scheduled PDSCH.
  • the binding window is divided according to a predefined manner and the total number of PDSCHs scheduled, specifically
  • the first PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 1, and the second PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 2;
  • the first PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 0
  • the second PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 1
  • the third PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 2;
  • the first and second PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 0
  • the third PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 1
  • the fourth PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 2;
  • the first and second PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 0
  • the third and fourth PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 1
  • the fifth PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 2 ;
  • the first, second, and third PDSCHs are mapped to Binding Window 0, and the 4th and 5th PDSCHs are mapped to Binding Window 1, 6th, and 7th.
  • PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 2;
  • the first, second, and third PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 0, and the fourth, fifth, and sixth PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 1, the seventh. And the 8th PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 2;
  • the first, second, and third PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 0, and the fourth, fifth, and sixth PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 1, the seventh. , the 8th and 9th PDSCH are mapped to the binding window 2;
  • the first, second, third, and fourth PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 0, and the fifth, sixth, and seventh PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 1.
  • the eighth, the ninth and tenth PDSCH are mapped to the binding window 2;
  • the specific embodiment 3 to the specific embodiment 5 need to be determined according to the scheduled PDSCH.
  • the UE needs to determine the number of scheduled PDSCHs, and the existing technology may be used, for example, adding DAI in the DCI to assist the UE in determining, specifically belonging to the present There is technology, so I won't go into details here.
  • An eleventh embodiment of the present invention exemplifies a method for a terminal to transmit HARQ-ACK response information.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart of a method for a terminal to send HARQ-ACK response information according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 24, the process includes:
  • Step 1001 The terminal determines, according to the signaling and/or the transmission rule, a manner of sending the HARQ-ACK response information.
  • step 1001 the terminal determines HARQ-ACK according to signaling and/or transmission rules. How to send the response message includes:
  • the narrowband IoT NB-IoT system supports two HARQ processes in the downlink, and the feedback timings of the two narrowband physical downlink shared channels (NPDSCH) indicated in the DCI are respectively k1, k2, that is, the end subframe of the NPDSCH i is a sub-frame.
  • NPDSCH physical downlink shared channels
  • the UE may determine, according to the high layer signaling, that the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the two NPDSCHs is sent in the same subframe or in different subframes; if the signaling indicates that the packets are transmitted in different subframes, the UE follows the feedback timings k1 and k2 indicated by the DCI. Transmitting corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the corresponding subframes; if the signaling indication is transmitted in the same subframe, the terminal sends two HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the NPDSCH in the same subframe;
  • the UE determines that the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the two NPDSCHs needs to be sent in the same subframe according to the HARQ-ACK feedback timing indicated by the DCI, and the UE sends the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the two NPDSCHs in the same subframe;
  • the feedback timings k1 and k2 indicated by the DCI respectively send corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the corresponding subframes;
  • the UE determines that the subframe in which the HARQ-ACK response information is located according to the DCI-ACK feedback timing of the HARQ-ACK feedback timing overlaps with a subframe in which the scheduling timing of the NPDSCH indicated by the DCI is overlapped or a partial subframe overlap, and the UE transmits two subframes in the same subframe.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the NPDSCH otherwise, the UE respectively sends the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the corresponding subframe according to the feedback timings k1 and k2 indicated by the DCI;
  • the UE sends two HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the NPDSCH in the same subframe; otherwise, the UE responds according to the feedback timings k1 and k2 indicated by the DCI.
  • Corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is respectively sent on the subframes, where the NPDCCHs are located in the same search space, and the candidate sets corresponding to the NPDCCHs in the two processes are located in the same subframe, or in consecutive subframes; The number of frames is less than a predefined value.
  • the subframe is determined according to a maximum value of the two feedback timings k1 and k2; or; determining according to the minimum value of k1 and k2 Or determined according to a preset value.
  • Step 1002 The terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined sending manner.
  • the specific HARQ-ACK information is determined by at least one of the following methods:
  • the HARQ-ACK information is obtained by binding the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the two NPDSCHs, that is, the two HARQ-ACK response information are XORed.
  • Table 9 shows an example of using the combination of the resource used for transmission and the information at the time of transmission to represent the HARQ-ACK response information, and other combinations are not excluded.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 25, the device includes a receiving module 901 and transmitting Module 902; wherein
  • the receiving module 901 is configured to receive downlink information in S1 downlink subframes from a downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 ;
  • the sending module 902 is configured to send the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S2 uplink subframes according to the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information), where Q i is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK response information.
  • HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information
  • the subframe whose subframe index is n 0 is: a preset subframe or a subframe indicated by signaling.
  • the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: a timing relationship between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information determined according to a predefined rule, where The value of S1 is a preset value, or the value of S1 is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of S1 is a value configured by signaling.
  • the sending module 902 is further configured to determine, according to the location of the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 subframes, and the determined timing relationship, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information is The position in S2 uplink subframes.
  • the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: between the N downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located according to the predefined rule.
  • Timing relationship; P j is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the jth downlink information, and the value of N is a preset value, or the value of N is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of N is a value configured by signaling.
  • the sending module 902 is further configured to determine, according to the location of each downlink information in the N downlink information, and the determined timing relationship, the location of the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S2 uplink subframes. .
  • the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: determining, according to the value of S1 and the number of downlink subframes occupied by the downlink information transmission, the S1 downlink subframes.
  • the number of downlink information G is included, and the timing relationship between the G downlink information and the uplink subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is determined according to a predefined rule, where the value of S1 is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling.
  • the sending module is further configured to determine, according to a location of each downlink information in the G downlink information, and the determined timing relationship, a location of the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S2 subframes.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive downlink control information (DCI) corresponding to the downlink information, where the DCI includes first control domain information; and the first control domain information is a newly added downlink allocation indication in the DCI.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • a DAI domain wherein the DAI domain is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the receiving module 901 is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
  • the sending module 902 is further configured to: when the downlink information is determined as the last one of the S1 downlink subframes according to the received DAI field corresponding to the last downlink information, send the S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule.
  • the receiving module 901 is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
  • the sending module 902 is further configured to: when the location of the last downlink information received is the same as the end location of the S1 downlink subframes indicated by the DAI domain, send the corresponding S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule.
  • HARQ-ACK response information or downlink in the S1 downlink subframes The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the information; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes are not transmitted.
  • the receiving module 901 is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
  • the sending module 902 is further configured to: according to the value of the DAI field corresponding to the received last downlink information, determine that the downlink information is not offset from the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, and send the according to a predefined rule.
  • the DAI domain includes a first sub-control domain and a second sub-control domain, where the first sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and the second sub-control domain is used to indicate the The amount of downlink information accumulated up to the current downlink information;
  • the receiving module 901 is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
  • the sending module 902 is further configured to determine, according to all received DAI domains, the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the location of each downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and according to the pre- The defined rule sends the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes.
  • the DAI domain includes a third sub-control domain, where the third sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information that has been accumulated to the current downlink information, and the fourth sub-control domain is used to indicate the The binding window where the downlink information is located;
  • the receiving module 901 is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
  • the sending module 902 is further configured to determine, according to the received third sub-control domain, whether the discontinuous transmission DTX has occurred for the first time, and when the first judgment result is that the DTX occurs, the S1 downlink is not sent.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the subframe or the S1 downlink subframes The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information; when the first judgment result is that DTX does not occur, the DTX is determined according to the received fourth sub-control field for the second time, and the result of the second judgment is that DTX occurs.
  • the predefined rule is at least one of the following: a first rule, a second rule; the first rule is: the last subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe/the downlink information and the HARQ-ACK response information The number of interval subframes between the first subframes satisfies a minimum value greater than a preset value L; the second rule is: the difference between the number of HARQ-ACK response information on any two uplink subframes is less than or equal to Set the value F;
  • the predefined rule is: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes is sent on the subframe n s +f, and n s is the S1 downlink subframes. a subframe index of the last subframe in the frame or a subframe index corresponding to the last subframe of the last downlink information, where f is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling;
  • the device further includes a dividing module, where the dividing module is further configured to divide the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes into Y binding windows, where Y is greater than or equal to 1, corresponding to
  • the pre-defined rule is that the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the binding window y is sent on the subframe n s +fy; wherein the binding window y is the last y+1th of the S1 downlink subframes Binding window, the number of downlink subframes or downlink information included in each binding window does not exceed 4, 0 ⁇ y ⁇ Y-1.
  • the value of M is a preset value, or the value of M is determined according to S1 and the preset value K, or the value of M is determined according to the number of downlink information and the preset value K included in the downlink subframe of the S1.
  • the transmitting module is further configured to determine a HARQ-ACK response according to signaling and/or transmission rules The manner in which the information is transmitted, the terminal transmits the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined transmission manner.
  • the receiving module 901 and the sending module 902 can each be a Central Processing Unit (CPU), a Micro Processor Unit (MPU), and a Digital Signal Processor (Digital Signal) located in the AAA server. Processor, DSP), or Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) implementation.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • MPU Micro Processor Unit
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a twelfth embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, which includes any one of the uplink control information transmitting apparatuses in the eleventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • the uplink control information transmitting apparatus when the uplink control information transmitting apparatus is implemented in the form of a software function module and sold or used as an independent product, it may also be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the embodiments of the present invention may be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including a plurality of instructions.
  • a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) is caused to perform all or part of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a USB flash drive, a mobile hard disk, a read only memory (ROM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
  • program codes such as a USB flash drive, a mobile hard disk, a read only memory (ROM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a storage medium, wherein a computer program is stored, and the computer program is used to execute the method for transmitting uplink control information in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention can take the form of a hardware embodiment, a software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage and optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • the present invention is directed to a method, apparatus (system), and computer program in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
  • the flow chart and/or block diagram of the product is described. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG.
  • These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
  • the terminal receives the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes from the downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 ; and the HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information according to the downlink information and the corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request.
  • the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information is sent on the S2 uplink subframes;
  • Q i is the number of repetitions corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK information; thus, the HD-FDD UE can support the HARQ-ACK binding, thereby enabling the UE to support the application of the higher data rate MTC.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the embodiment of the present invention are a method, a device and terminal, and a storage medium for transmitting uplink control information, wherein the method comprises: receiving, by a terminal, downlink information in S1 number of downlink sub-frames starting from a downlink sub-frame with a sub-frame index of n0; according to a timing relationship between the downlink information and corresponding HARQ-ACK response information, transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information on S2 number of uplink sub-frame, wherein S2 is a formula (S), Qi is the number of sub-frames corresponding to the i-th HARQ-ACK response information transmission.

Description

上行控制信息的发送方法、装置和终端、存储介质Method, device and terminal for transmitting uplink control information, storage medium 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及一种上行控制信息的发送方法、装置和终端、存储介质。The present invention relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a method, an apparatus, a terminal, and a storage medium for transmitting uplink control information.
背景技术Background technique
机器类型通信(Machine Type Communications,MTC)又称机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M),是现阶段物联网的主要应用形式;目前市场上部署的MTC设备主要基于全球移动通信(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统;近年来,由于长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)/LTE-A(LTE-Advanced)的频谱效率高,越来越多的移动运营商选择LTE/LTE-A作为未来宽带无线通信系统的演进方向;基于LTE/LTE-A的MTC多种类数据业务也将更具吸引力。Machine Type Communication (MTC), also known as Machine to Machine (M2M), is the main application form of the Internet of Things at present. The MTC equipment currently deployed on the market is mainly based on Global System of Mobile (Global System of Mobile). Communication, GSM) system; in recent years, due to the high spectrum efficiency of Long Term Evolution (LTE)/LTE-A (LTE-Advanced), more and more mobile operators choose LTE/LTE-A as the future broadband The evolution direction of wireless communication systems; MTC multi-class data services based on LTE/LTE-A will also be more attractive.
为了支持更高数据速率MTC的应用,终端(User Equipment,简称UE)需要支持新的功能;例如,半双工-频分双工UE(简称HD-FDD UE)需要支持混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest,HARQ)-ACK(Acknowledgement)绑定,而现有技术中没有针对HD-FDD UE如何进行HARQ-ACK绑定的方法,从而导致UE无法支持更高数据速率MTC的应用。In order to support the application of the higher data rate MTC, the User Equipment (UE) needs to support new functions; for example, the Half-Duplex-Frequency Division Duplex UE (HD-FDD UE) needs to support the hybrid automatic repeat request ( Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ)-ACK (Acknowledgement) binding, and there is no method for how the HD-FDD UE performs HARQ-ACK binding in the prior art, so that the UE cannot support the application of the higher data rate MTC.
在第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,简称为3GPP)技术报告TR45.820V200中公开了几种适用于蜂窝级物联网(Comb-Internet Of Things,简称为C-IOT)的技术,其中,窄带物联网(Narrow Bang-Internet Of Things,简称为NB-IoT)技术最为引人注目。该NB-IoT系统的系统带宽为200千赫兹(kHz),与全球移动通信(Global  system for Mobile Communication,简称为:GSM)系统的信道带宽相同,这为NB-IoT系统重用GSM频谱并降低邻近与GSM信道的相互干扰带来了极大便利;为了进一步的减少功率消耗和延迟,NB-IoT系统需要支持2个上下行HARQ进程,而现有技术没有给出NB-IoT系统支持2个DL HARQ进程时HARQ-ACK发送方法,从而导致无法支持2个下行HARQ进程。Several techniques applicable to the Comb-Internet Of Things (C-IOT) are disclosed in the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Technical Report TR45.820V200, in which The Narrow Bang-Internet Of Things (NB-IoT) technology is the most eye-catching. The NB-IoT system has a system bandwidth of 200 kilohertz (kHz) and global mobile communications (Global The system for Mobile Communication (referred to as: GSM) system has the same channel bandwidth. This is a great convenience for the NB-IoT system to reuse the GSM spectrum and reduce mutual interference between the adjacent and GSM channels. To further reduce power consumption and delay, The NB-IoT system needs to support two uplink and downlink HARQ processes. However, the prior art does not provide a HARQ-ACK transmission method when the NB-IoT system supports two DL HARQ processes, thereby failing to support two downlink HARQ processes.
发明内容Summary of the invention
为解决现有存在的技术问题,本发明实施例提供一种上行控制信息的发送方法、装置和终端、存储介质,可以使HD-FDD UE支持HARQ-ACK绑定,进而使所述UE支持较高数据速率的MTC的应用。In order to solve the existing technical problems, the embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a device, a terminal, and a storage medium for transmitting uplink control information, which can enable the HD-FDD UE to support HARQ-ACK binding, thereby enabling the UE to support the UE. High data rate MTC applications.
为达到上述目的,本发明实施例的技术方案是这样实现的:To achieve the above objective, the technical solution of the embodiment of the present invention is implemented as follows:
本发明实施例提供了一种上行控制信息的发送方法,所述方法包括:An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for sending uplink control information, where the method includes:
终端从子帧索引为n0的下行子帧开始在S1个下行子帧接收下行信息;根据所述下行信息和对应混合自动重传请求HARQ-确认ACK应答信息的定时关系,在S2个上行子帧上发送所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;其中,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000001
Qi为第i个HARQ-ACK应答信息传输时对应的子帧个数。
The terminal receives downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes from the downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 ; and according to the timing information of the downlink information and the corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information, in the S2 uplink subframes Sending HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information on the frame;
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000001
Q i is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK response information.
上述方案中,所述子帧索引为n0的子帧是:预设的子帧或信令指示的子帧。In the above solution, the subframe whose subframe index is n 0 is: a preset subframe or a subframe indicated by signaling.
上述方案中,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据预定义的规则确定的所述S1个下行子帧和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系,其中,所述S1的值为预设值,或者S1的值等于最大下行进程数,或者S1的值为信令配置的值。In the above solution, the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: a timing relationship between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information determined according to the predefined rules. The value of S1 is a preset value, or the value of S1 is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of S1 is a value configured by signaling.
上述方案中,所述方法还包括:根据下行信息对应的最后一个子帧在S1个子帧中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个上行子帧中的位置。 In the above solution, the method further includes: determining, according to the location of the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 subframes, and the determined timing relationship, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in S2 The position in the uplink subframe.
上述方案中,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据预定义的规则确定的S1个下行子帧中N个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系;其中所述
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000002
Pj为第j个下行信息传输时对应的子帧个数,N的值为预设值,或者N的值等于最大下行进程数,或者N的值为信令配置的值。
In the foregoing solution, the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: between the N downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located according to the predefined rule. Timing relationship;
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000002
P j is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the jth downlink information, and the value of N is a preset value, or the value of N is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of N is a value configured by signaling.
上述方案中,所述方法还包括:根据每个下行信息在N个下行信息中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定对应HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个上行子帧中的位置。In the foregoing solution, the method further includes: determining, according to a location of each downlink information in the N downlink information, and the determined timing relationship, a location of the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S2 uplink subframes.
上述方案中,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据S1的值和下行信息传输所占的下行子帧个数确定所述S1个下行子帧包含的下行信息个数G,根据预定义的规则确定G个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系,其中S1的值为预设值或信令指示的值。In the above solution, the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: determining the number of downlink information included in the S1 downlink subframes according to the value of S1 and the number of downlink subframes occupied by the downlink information transmission. G. Determine, according to a predefined rule, a timing relationship between the G downlink information and the uplink subframe where the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located, where the value of S1 is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling.
上述方案中,所述方法还包括:根据每个下行信息在G个下行信息中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定对应HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个子帧中的位置。In the foregoing solution, the method further includes: determining, according to a location of each downlink information in the G downlink information, and the determined timing relationship, a location of the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S2 subframes.
上述方案中,所述下行信息对应的下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)中包含第一控制域信息;且所述第一控制域信息为所述DCI中新增加的下行分配指示(Downlink Assignment Indicator,DAI)域,其中,所述DAI域用于指示以下至少之一:In the foregoing solution, the downlink control information (Downlink Control Information (DCI) corresponding to the downlink information includes the first control domain information; and the first control domain information is a newly added downlink allocation indication in the DCI (Downlink Assignment) Indicator, DAI), wherein the DAI field is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述下行信息是否位于所述S1个下行子帧中的最后X个、所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置、所述下行信息相对于所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置的偏移、所述下行信息所处的绑定窗、所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的数量、截止到当前下行信息已累积的下行信息的数量;其中,所述绑定窗由至少一个下行子帧或下行信息组成。 Whether the downlink information is located in the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, and the offset of the downlink information with respect to the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, The bound window in which the downlink information is located, the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and the number of downlink information that has accumulated in the current downlink information; wherein the binding window is composed of at least one downlink subframe Or a combination of downstream information.
上述方案中,所述DAI域用于指示所述下行信息是否位于S1个下行子帧中最后X个时,所述方法还包括:In the above solution, the DAI field is used to indicate whether the downlink information is located in the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, and the method further includes:
终端根据接收的最后X个下行信息对应的DAI域确定所述下行信息是S1个下行子帧的最后X个时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。When the terminal determines that the downlink information is the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule, according to the DAI domain corresponding to the last X downlink information that is received. Or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the downlink information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes are not sent. HARQ-ACK response information.
上述方案中,所述DAI域用于指示所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置时,所述方法还包括:In the above solution, when the DAI domain is used to indicate the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, the method further includes:
终端接收的最后一个下行信息的位置和所述DAI域指示的S1个下行子帧的结束位置相同时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。When the location of the last downlink information received by the terminal is the same as the end position of the S1 downlink subframes indicated by the DAI domain, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes is sent according to a predefined rule. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes are not transmitted. Answer the message.
上述方案中,所述DAI域用于指示所述下行信息相对于所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置的偏移时,所述方法还包括:In the above solution, when the DAI field is used to indicate an offset of the downlink information with respect to an end position of the S1 downlink subframes, the method further includes:
终端根据接收到的最后一个下行信息对应的DAI域确定所述下行信息相对于S1个下行子帧结束位置没有偏移时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。And determining, by the terminal, that the downlink information is not offset from the end position of the S1 downlink subframes according to the received DAI field corresponding to the last downlink information, and transmitting, by using a predefined rule, the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes. The response information or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes are not sent. Corresponding HARQ-ACK response information.
上述方案中,所述DAI域包括第一子控制域和第二子控制域,其中,第一子控制域用于指示所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的数量,第二子控制域用于指示所述到当前下行信息为止已累积的下行信息的数量,所述方法 还包括:In the above solution, the DAI domain includes a first sub-control domain and a second sub-control domain, where the first sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and the second sub-control domain is used. The number of downlink information that has been accumulated until the current downlink information is indicated, the method Also includes:
终端根据接收到的所有DAI域确定所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的个数和每个下行信息在所述S1个下行子帧内的位置,并根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The terminal determines the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the position of each downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes according to the received DAI domains, and sends the S1 according to a predefined rule. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes.
上述方案中,所述DAI域包括第三子控制域和第四子控制域,其中,第三子控制域用于指示截止到当前下行信息已累积的下行信息的数量,第四子控制域用于指示所述下行信息所处的绑定窗;所述方法还包括:In the above solution, the DAI domain includes a third sub-control domain and a fourth sub-control domain, where the third sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information that has been accumulated up to the current downlink information, and the fourth sub-control domain is used. And indicating a binding window where the downlink information is located; the method further includes:
终端根据接收到的所有第三子控制域第一次判断是否发生了非连续传输DTX,如果第一次判断的结果为发生了DTX,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;如果第一次判断的结果为未发生DTX,则终端根据接收到的第四子控制域第二次判断是否发生了DTX,如果第二次判断的结果为发生了DTX,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;如果第二次判断的结果为未发生DTX,则根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The terminal determines, according to all the received third sub-control fields, whether the discontinuous transmission DTX has occurred. If the result of the first determination is that the DTX has occurred, the HARQ-ACK response corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes is not sent. The information or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; if the result of the first determination is that the DTX does not occur, the terminal determines, according to the received fourth sub-control domain, whether the second occurrence occurs. DTX, if the result of the second determination is that DTX occurs, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes is not sent; The result of the second determination is that the DQ is not generated, and the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes are sent according to a predefined rule. .
上述方案中,所述预定义的规则为以下至少之一:第一规则、第二规则;所述第一规则为:所述下行子帧/所述下行信息对应的最后一个子帧和HARQ-ACK应答信息对应的第一个子帧之间的间隔子帧数满足大于预设值L的最小值;所述第二规则为:任意两个上行子帧上的HARQ-ACK应答信息个数之差小于等于预设值F;In the foregoing solution, the predefined rule is at least one of the following: a first rule, a second rule, where the first rule is: the last subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe/the downlink information, and the HARQ- The number of the interval subframes between the first subframes corresponding to the ACK response information meets the minimum value of the preset value L; the second rule is: the number of HARQ-ACK response information on any two uplink subframes. The difference is less than or equal to the preset value F;
或者,所述预定义的规则为:所述S1个下行子帧或S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧ns+f上发送,ns为S1个下行 子帧中最后一个子帧的子帧索引或最后一个下行信息的最后一个子帧对应的子帧索引,f为预先设定的值或者信令指示的值;Alternatively, the predefined rule is: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes is sent on the subframe n s +f, and n s is the S1 downlink subframes. a subframe index of the last subframe in the frame or a subframe index corresponding to the last subframe of the last downlink information, where f is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling;
或者,所述方法还包括:将所述S1个下行子帧或S1个下行子帧中的下行信息划分至Y个绑定窗,Y大于等于1,相应地,所述预定义的规则为:绑定窗y对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧ns+f-y上发送;其中,绑定窗y为S1个下行子帧中倒数第y+1个绑定窗,每个绑定窗所包含的下行子帧或下行信息的个数不超过4,0≤y≤Y-1。Or the method further includes: dividing the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes into Y binding windows, where Y is greater than or equal to 1, and correspondingly, the predefined rules are: The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the binding window y is sent on the subframe n s +fy; wherein, the binding window y is the last y+1 binding window in the S1 downlink subframes, and each binding window is The number of downlink subframes or downlink information included does not exceed 4, 0 ≤ y ≤ Y-1.
上述方案中,所述M的值为预设值,或者M的值根据S1和预设值K确定,或者M的值根据S1下行子帧中包含的下行信息个数和预设值K确定。In the above solution, the value of M is a preset value, or the value of M is determined according to S1 and the preset value K, or the value of M is determined according to the number of downlink information and the preset value K included in the downlink subframe of the S1.
上述方案中,终端根据信令和/或传输规则确定HARQ-ACK应答信息的发送方式,终端根据确定的发送方式发送HARQ-ACK信息。In the foregoing solution, the terminal determines the manner of sending the HARQ-ACK response information according to the signaling and/or the transmission rule, and the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined sending manner.
本发明实施例还提供了一种上行控制信息的发送装置,所述装置包括接收模块和发送模块;其中,An embodiment of the present invention further provides an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information, where the apparatus includes a receiving module and a sending module, where
接收模块,配置为从子帧索引为n0的下行子帧开始在S1个下行子帧接收下行信息;The receiving module is configured to receive downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes from a downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 ;
发送模块,配置为根据所述下行信息和对应混合自动重传请求HARQ-确认ACK应答信息的定时关系,在S2个上行子帧上发送所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;其中,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000003
Qi为第i个HARQ-ACK应答信息传输时对应的子帧个数。
The sending module is configured to send the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S2 uplink subframes according to the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information), where
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000003
Q i is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK response information.
上述方案中,所述子帧索引为n0的子帧是:预设的子帧或信令指示的子帧。In the above solution, the subframe whose subframe index is n 0 is: a preset subframe or a subframe indicated by signaling.
上述方案中,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据预定义的规则确定的所述S1个下行子帧和对应HARQ-ACK应答 信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系,其中,所述S1的值为预设值,或者S1的值等于最大下行进程数,或者S1的值为信令配置的值。In the above solution, the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: the S1 downlink subframes and corresponding HARQ-ACK responses determined according to a predefined rule. The timing relationship between the uplink subframes in which the information is located, wherein the value of S1 is a preset value, or the value of S1 is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of S1 is a value configured by signaling.
上述方案中,所述发送模块,还配置为根据下行信息对应的最后一个子帧在S1个子帧中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个上行子帧中的位置。In the above solution, the sending module is further configured to determine, according to the location of the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 subframes, and the determined timing relationship, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information is The position in S2 uplink subframes.
上述方案中,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据预定义的规则确定的S1个下行子帧中N个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系;其中所述
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000004
Pj为第j个下行信息传输时对应的子帧个数,N的值为预设值,或者N的值等于最大下行进程数,或者N的值为信令配置的值。
In the foregoing solution, the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: between the N downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located according to the predefined rule. Timing relationship;
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000004
P j is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the jth downlink information, and the value of N is a preset value, or the value of N is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of N is a value configured by signaling.
上述方案中,所述发送模块,还配置为根据每个下行信息在N个下行信息中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定对应HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个上行子帧中的位置。In the above solution, the sending module is further configured to determine, according to the location of each downlink information in the N downlink information, and the determined timing relationship, the location of the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S2 uplink subframes. .
上述方案中,所述接收模块,还配置为接收所述下行信息对应的下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI中包含第一控制域信息;且所述第一控制域信息为所述DCI中新增加的下行分配指示DAI域,其中,所述DAI域用于指示以下至少之一:In the above solution, the receiving module is further configured to receive downlink control information DCI corresponding to the downlink information, where the DCI includes first control domain information; and the first control domain information is newly added in the DCI. The downlink assignment indicates a DAI domain, wherein the DAI domain is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述下行信息是否位于所述S1个下行子帧中的最后X个、所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置、所述下行信息相对于所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置的偏移、所述下行信息所处的绑定窗、所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的数量、截止到当前下行信息已累积的下行信息的数量;其中,所述绑定窗由至少一个下行子帧或下行信息组成。Whether the downlink information is located in the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, and the offset of the downlink information with respect to the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, The bound window in which the downlink information is located, the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and the number of downlink information that has accumulated in the current downlink information; wherein the binding window is composed of at least one downlink subframe Or a combination of downstream information.
上述方案中,所述接收模块,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;In the above solution, the receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
所述发送模块,还配置为根据接收的最后X个下行信息对应的DAI域 确定所述下行信息是S1个下行子帧的最后X个时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息和对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module is further configured to: according to the DAI domain corresponding to the last X downlink information received And determining that the downlink information is the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, and transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the downlink information and the corresponding information in the S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule. The HARQ-ACK response information is not transmitted; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes are not transmitted.
上述方案中,所述接收模块,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;In the above solution, the receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
所述发送模块,还配置为在接收的最后一个下行信息的位置和所述DAI域指示的S1个下行子帧的结束位置相同时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module is further configured to: when the location of the last downlink information received is the same as the end position of the S1 downlink subframes indicated by the DAI domain, send the corresponding S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule. The HARQ-ACK response information or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes are not transmitted. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information.
上述方案中,所述接收模块,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;In the above solution, the receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
所述发送模块,还配置为根据接收到的最后一个下行信息对应的DAI域的值确定所述下行信息相对于S1个下行子帧结束位置没有偏移时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module is further configured to: when the downlink information is not offset from the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, according to the value of the DAI field corresponding to the received last downlink information, send the S1 according to a predefined rule. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information or the corresponding information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes are not transmitted. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes is described.
上述方案中,所述DAI域包括第一子控制域和第二子控制域,其中,第一子控制域用于指示所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的数量,第二子控制域用于指示所述到当前下行信息为止已累积的下行信息的数量;In the above solution, the DAI domain includes a first sub-control domain and a second sub-control domain, where the first sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and the second sub-control domain is used. The number of downlink information that has been accumulated until the current downlink information is indicated;
所述接收模块,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块; The receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
所述发送模块,还配置为根据接收到的所有DAI域确定所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的个数和每个下行信息在所述S1个下行子帧内的位置,并根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module is further configured to determine, according to all received DAI domains, the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the location of each downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and according to the predefined The rule sends the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes.
上述方案中,所述DAI域包括第三子控制域和第四子控制域,其中,第三子控制域用于指示截止到当前下行信息已累积的下行信息的数量,第四子控制域用于指示所述下行信息所处的绑定窗;In the above solution, the DAI domain includes a third sub-control domain and a fourth sub-control domain, where the third sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information that has been accumulated up to the current downlink information, and the fourth sub-control domain is used. And a binding window indicating that the downlink information is located;
所述接收模块,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;The receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
所述发送模块,还配置为根据接收到的所有第三子控制域第一次判断是否发生了非连续传输DTX,在第一次判断的结果为发生DTX时,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;在第一次判断的结果为未发生DTX时,根据接收到的第四子控制域第二次判断是否发生DTX,在第二次判断的结果为发生DTX时,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;在第二次判断的结果为未发生DTX时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module is further configured to determine, according to all the received third sub-control domains, whether the discontinuous transmission DTX has occurred, and when the first judgment result is that DTX occurs, the S1 downlink sub-s The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the frame or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; when the first judgment result is that no DTX occurs, according to the received fourth sub-control domain Determining whether DTX occurs or not, and not transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ- corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes when the result of the second determination is that the DTX is generated. ACK response information; when the result of the second determination is that DTX does not occur, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the downlink information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes are corresponding according to a predefined rule. HARQ-ACK response information.
上述方案中,所述预定义的规则为以下至少之一:第一规则、第二规则;所述第一规则为:所述下行子帧/所述下行信息对应的最后一个子帧和HARQ-ACK应答信息对应的第一个子帧之间的间隔子帧数满足大于预设值L的最小值;所述第二规则为:任意两个上行子帧上的HARQ-ACK应答信息个数之差小于等于预设值F;In the foregoing solution, the predefined rule is at least one of the following: a first rule, a second rule, where the first rule is: the last subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe/the downlink information, and the HARQ- The number of the interval subframes between the first subframes corresponding to the ACK response information meets the minimum value of the preset value L; the second rule is: the number of HARQ-ACK response information on any two uplink subframes. The difference is less than or equal to the preset value F;
或者,所述预定义的规则为:所述S1个下行子帧或S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧ns+f上发送,ns为S1个下行 子帧中最后一个子帧的子帧索引或最后一个下行信息的最后一个子帧对应的子帧索引,f为预先设定的值或者信令指示的值;Or the predefined rule is: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframe or the S1 downlink subframe is sent in the subframe ns+f, and the ns is the S1 downlink. a subframe index of the last subframe in the subframe or a subframe index corresponding to the last subframe of the last downlink information, where f is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling;
或者,所述装置还包括划分模块,所述划分模块,还配置为将所述S1个下行子帧或S1个下行子帧中的下行信息划分至Y个绑定窗,Y大于等于1,相应地,所述预定义的规则为:绑定窗y对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧ns+f-y上发送;其中,绑定窗y为S1个下行子帧中倒数第y+1个绑定窗,每个绑定窗所包含的下行子帧或下行信息的个数不超过4,0≤y≤Y-1。Or the device further includes a dividing module, where the dividing module is further configured to divide the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes into Y binding windows, where Y is greater than or equal to 1, corresponding to The pre-defined rule is that the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the binding window y is sent on the subframe ns+fy; wherein the binding window y is the last y+1th binding in the S1 downlink subframes. The window is fixed, and the number of downlink subframes or downlink information included in each binding window does not exceed 4, 0 ≤ y ≤ Y-1.
上述方案中,所述M的值为预设值,或者M的值根据S1和预设值K确定,或者M的值根据S1下行子帧中包含的下行信息个数和预设值K确定。In the above solution, the value of M is a preset value, or the value of M is determined according to S1 and the preset value K, or the value of M is determined according to the number of downlink information and the preset value K included in the downlink subframe of the S1.
上述方案中,所述发送模块还配置为根据信令和/或传输规则确定HARQ-ACK应答信息的发送方式,终端根据确定的发送方式发送HARQ-ACK信息。In the above solution, the sending module is further configured to determine a manner of sending the HARQ-ACK response information according to the signaling and/or the transmission rule, and the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined sending manner.
本发明实施例还提供了一种终端,所述终端包括上述任意一种上行控制信息的发送装置。The embodiment of the present invention further provides a terminal, where the terminal includes any one of the foregoing uplink control information sending devices.
本发明实施例还提供了一种存储介质,所述存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序用于执行上述上行控制信息的发送。The embodiment of the present invention further provides a storage medium, where the storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is configured to perform the sending of the uplink control information.
本发明实施例提供的一种上行控制信息的发送方法、装置和终端、存储介质中,终端从子帧索引为n0的下行子帧开始在S1个下行子帧接收下行信息;根据所述下行信息和对应混合自动重传请求HARQ-确认ACK应答信息的定时关系,在S2个上行子帧上发送所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000005
Qi为第i个HARQ-ACK信息传输时对应的重复次数;如此,可以使HD-FDD UE支持HARQ-ACK绑定,进而使UE支持较高数据速率的MTC的应用。
The method and device for transmitting uplink control information, and the terminal and the storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal receives downlink information in S1 downlink subframes from a downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 ; according to the downlink The information and the timing relationship of the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information, and the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information is sent on the S2 uplink subframes;
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000005
Q i is the number of repetitions corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK information; thus, the HD-FDD UE can support the HARQ-ACK binding, thereby enabling the UE to support the application of the higher data rate MTC.
此外,终端根据信令和/或传输规则确定HARQ-ACK应答信息的发送方式,终端根据确定的发送方式发送HARQ-ACK信息;如此,可以使NB-IoT UE支持2个HARQ进程,从而时的进一步的减少功率消耗和延迟,提升传输速率。In addition, the terminal determines the manner in which the HARQ-ACK response information is sent according to the signaling and/or the transmission rule, and the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined sending manner; thus, the NB-IoT UE can support two HARQ processes, and thus Further reduce power consumption and delay, and increase transmission rate.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本发明实施例上行控制信息的发送方法的流程图;1 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2为本发明实施例中上行子帧发送的HARQ-ACK应答信息与下行子帧的对应关系示意图一;2 is a schematic diagram 1 of a correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and a downlink subframe transmitted in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明实施例中上行子帧发送的HARQ-ACK应答信息与下行子帧的对应关系示意图二;3 is a second schematic diagram of correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and downlink subframes in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本发明实施例中上行子帧发送的HARQ-ACK应答信息与下行子帧的对应关系示意图三;4 is a third schematic diagram of correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and downlink subframes in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5为本发明实施例中上行子帧发送的HARQ-ACK应答信息与下行子帧的对应关系示意图四;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram 4 of correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and downlink subframes in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图6为本发明实施例中上行子帧发送的HARQ-ACK应答信息与下行子帧的对应关系示意图五;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram 5 of a correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and a downlink subframe transmitted in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本发明实施例中上行子帧发送的HARQ-ACK应答信息与下行子帧的对应关系示意图六;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram 6 of a correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and a downlink subframe transmitted in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本发明实施例中上行子帧发送的HARQ-ACK应答信息与下行子帧的对应关系示意图七;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram 7 of a correspondence between HARQ-ACK response information and a downlink subframe transmitted in an uplink subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本发明实施例中基站向终端发送的DAI域的值与下行子帧的对应关系示意图一;FIG. 9 is a first schematic diagram of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图10为本发明实施例中基站向终端发送的DAI域的值与下行子帧的对应关系示意图二;10 is a second schematic diagram of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe sent by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图11为本发明实施例中基站向终端发送的DAI域的值与下行子帧的对 应关系示意图三;FIG. 11 is a diagram of a value of a DAI field and a pair of downlink subframes sent by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention; Should be related to diagram three;
图12为本发明实施例基站向终端发送的DAI域的值与下行子帧的对应关系示意图四;12 is a fourth schematic diagram of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图13为本发明实施例中基站向终端发送的DAI域的值与下行子帧的对应关系示意图五;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram 5 of a correspondence between a value of a DAI domain and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本发明实施例中基站向终端发送的DAI域的值与下行子帧的对应关系示意图六;14 is a schematic diagram 6 of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图15为本发明实施例中基站向终端发送的DAI域的值与下行子帧的对应关系示意图七;15 is a schematic diagram 7 of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图16为本发明实施例中基站向终端发送的DAI域的值与下行子帧的对应关系示意图八;16 is a schematic diagram 8 of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe sent by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图17为本发明实施例中基站向终端发送的DAI域的值与下行子帧的对应关系示意图九;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram nin of a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图18为本发明实施例中基站向终端发送的DAI域的值与下行子帧的对应关系示意图十;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram 10 showing a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图19为本发明实施例中基站向终端发送的DAI域的值与下行子帧的对应关系示意图十一;FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram showing a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图20为本发明实施例中基站向终端发送的DAI域的值与下行子帧的对应关系示意图十二;20 is a schematic diagram showing a correspondence between a value of a DAI field and a downlink subframe transmitted by a base station to a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图21为本发明实施例中划分绑定窗示意图一;21 is a schematic diagram 1 of a binding binding window according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图22为本发明实施例中划分绑定窗示意图二;FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram 2 of a binding binding window according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图23为本发明实施例中划分绑定窗示意图三;FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram 3 of dividing a binding window according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图24本发明实施例中终端发送HARQ-ACK应答信息的方法的流程图;24 is a flowchart of a method for a terminal to send HARQ-ACK response information according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图25为本发明实施例上行控制信息的发送装置的组成结构示意图。 FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
以下结合附图及实施例,对本发明进行进一步详细说明。应当理解,此处所描述的具体实施例仅仅用以解释本发明,并不用于限定本发明。The present invention will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and embodiments. It is understood that the specific embodiments described herein are merely illustrative of the invention and are not intended to limit the invention.
为使本发明的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚明白,下文中将结合附图对本发明的实施例进行详细说明。需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互任意组合。The embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that, in the case of no conflict, the features in the embodiments and the embodiments in the present application may be arbitrarily combined with each other.
第一实施例First embodiment
本发明第一实施例提供了一种上行控制信息的发送方法,图1为本发明实施例上行控制信息的发送方法的流程图,如图1所示,该流程包括:A first embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting uplink control information. FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG.
步骤101:终端从子帧索引为n0的下行子帧开始在S1个下行子帧接收下行信息,S1为大于零的正整数。Step 101: The terminal receives downlink information in S1 downlink subframes from a downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 , where S1 is a positive integer greater than zero.
在实际实施时,终端可以是半双工类型B的终端,示例性地,终端为HD-FDD UE。子帧索引为n0的子帧可以是:预设的子帧或信令指示的子帧。In actual implementation, the terminal may be a half-duplex type B terminal. Illustratively, the terminal is an HD-FDD UE. The subframe whose subframe index is n 0 may be: a preset subframe or a subframe indicated by signaling.
这里的下行信息可以是与机器类型通信物理下行控制信道(MTC Physical Downlink Control Channel,简称MPDCCH)对应的物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)、未对应MPDCCH的PDSCH或指示下行半持续调度(Semi-Persistent Scheduling,SPS)释放的MPDCCH、NB-IoT系统中窄带物理下行控制信道(Narrowband Physical Downlink Shared Channel)等等。The downlink information here may be a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) corresponding to a MSCH Physical Downlink Control Channel (MPDCCH), a PDSCH not corresponding to the MPDCCH, or a downlink semi-persistent scheduling. (Semi-Persistent Scheduling, SPS) released MPDCCH, NB-IoT system Narrowband Physical Downlink Shared Channel (Narrowband Physical Downlink Shared Channel) and so on.
步骤102:终端根据所述下行信息和对应混合自动重传请求HARQ-确认ACK应答信息的定时关系,在S2个上行子帧上发送所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。Step 102: The terminal sends the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S2 uplink subframes according to the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information.
这里,上述记载的S2个上行子帧可以是连续的上行子帧,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000006
Qi为第i个HARQ-ACK应答信息传输时对应的子帧个数,Qi根据配置的重复次数得到;所述下行信息为与MPDCCH对应的物理下行共享信道 PDSCH、未对应MPDCCH的PDSCH或指示下行SPS释放的MPDCCH。
Here, the S2 uplink subframes described above may be consecutive uplink subframes.
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000006
Q i is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK response information, and Q i is obtained according to the configured repetition number; the downlink information is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH corresponding to the MPDCCH, a PDSCH not corresponding to the MPDCCH, or Indicates the MPDCCH released by the downlink SPS.
可选的,M的值为预设值,或者M的值根据S1和预设值K确定,或者M的值根据S1下行子帧中包含的下行信息个数X和预设值K确定。优选地,M=ceil(X/K),其中,ceil表示向上取整,X表示S1下行子帧中包含的下行信息个数。Optionally, the value of M is a preset value, or the value of M is determined according to S1 and the preset value K, or the value of M is determined according to the number of downlink information X and the preset value K included in the downlink subframe of the S1. Preferably, M=ceil(X/K), where ceil represents rounding up, and X represents the number of downlink information included in the S1 downlink subframe.
进一步地,K等于4,或K为信令配置的值。Further, K is equal to 4, or K is the value of the signaling configuration.
可选的,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系通过预定义的规则确定,所述预定义的规则为以下至少之一:第一规则、第二规则;所述第一规则为:所述下行子帧/所述下行信息对应的最后一个子帧和HARQ-ACK应答信息对应的第一个子帧之间的间隔子帧数满足大于预设值L中的最小值,即,所述下行信息对应的最后一个子帧和HARQ-ACK应答信息对应的第一个子帧之间的间隔子帧数为L,例如L等于3;所述第二规则为:任意两个上行子帧上的HARQ-ACK应答信息个数之差小于等于预设值F,例如预设值F可以是2、3或4。Optionally, the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is determined by a predefined rule, where the predefined rule is at least one of the following: a first rule, a second rule, and the first rule The number of the interval subframes between the last subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe and the first subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is greater than a minimum value of the preset value L, that is, The number of the interval subframes between the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information and the first subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is L, for example, L is equal to 3; the second rule is: any two uplinks The difference between the number of HARQ-ACK response information on the subframe is less than or equal to a preset value F. For example, the preset value F may be 2, 3, or 4.
这里,所述下行信息对应的最后一个子帧和HARQ-ACK应答信息对应的第一个子帧之间的间隔子帧数可以通过信令确定。其中信令为DCI中的信令。此时根据信令指示的间隔子帧数确定每个上行子帧上HARQ-ACK应答信息个数。Here, the number of interval subframes between the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information and the first subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information may be determined by signaling. The signaling is signaling in the DCI. At this time, the number of HARQ-ACK response information in each uplink subframe is determined according to the number of interval subframes indicated by the signaling.
在实际实施时,HARQ-ACK应答信息可以是确认(ACK)信息、非确认(NACK)信息或非连续传输(DTX)信息等。In actual implementation, the HARQ-ACK response information may be acknowledgement (ACK) information, non-acknowledgement (NACK) information, or discontinuous transmission (DTX) information, and the like.
应用本发明上行控制信息的发送方法的第一实施例,可以使所述UE支持HARQ-ACK绑定,进而使所述UE支持较高数据速率的MTC的应用。The first embodiment of the method for transmitting the uplink control information of the present invention can enable the UE to support HARQ-ACK binding, thereby enabling the UE to support the application of the MTC with a higher data rate.
第二实施例Second embodiment
为了能更加体现本发明的目的,在本发明第一实施例的基础上,进行进一步的举例说明。In order to further embodies the object of the present invention, further exemplification will be made on the basis of the first embodiment of the present invention.
本发明第二实施例中,假设所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息 的定时关系是根据预定义的规则确定S1个下行子帧和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系获得,假设最大下行进程数为10,S1的值等于最大下行进程数,预设值K等于4,预设值L等于3,子帧索引为n0的子帧为固定的子帧;当无线帧索引为偶数时,n0等于0,当无线帧索引为奇数时,n0等于5,Qi等于1,也就是说,HARQ-ACK应答信息传输时对应1个上行子帧,因为S1=10,预设值K=4,Qi=4,所以S2=3。In the second embodiment of the present invention, it is assumed that the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is that the timing between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is determined according to a predefined rule. The relationship is obtained, assuming that the maximum number of downlink processes is 10, the value of S1 is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, the preset value K is equal to 4, the preset value L is equal to 3, and the subframe whose subframe index is n 0 is a fixed subframe; When the radio frame index is even, n 0 is equal to 0. When the radio frame index is odd, n 0 is equal to 5, and Q i is equal to 1, that is, the HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted corresponding to one uplink subframe because S1 =10, the default value K = 4, Q i = 4, so S2 = 3.
下面通过具体实施例1至具体实施例4说明本发明第二实施例的多种实现方式。Various implementations of the second embodiment of the present invention are described below by way of specific embodiments 1 through 4.
具体实施例1 Specific embodiment 1
如图2所示,终端在无线帧0的下行子帧0至下行子帧9上接收下行数据信息,其中下行数据信息传输时占1个子帧;终端在无线帧1的上行子帧1、上行子帧2和上行子帧3上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;这里,终端为半双工类型B的终端,所以无线帧1的子帧0和无线帧1的子帧4用于上下行切换。As shown in FIG. 2, the terminal receives downlink data information on the downlink subframe 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0, wherein the downlink data information occupies 1 subframe; the terminal is in the uplink subframe 1 of the radio frame 1 The corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the subframe 2 and the uplink subframe 3. Here, the terminal is a terminal of the half duplex type B, so the subframe 0 of the radio frame 1 and the subframe 4 of the radio frame 1 are used for the uplink and downlink. Switch.
这里,根据预定义的规则确定S1个下行子帧和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系具体为:子帧索引n0的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n0+11的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n1的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n1+10的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n2的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n2+9的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n3的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n3+8的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n4的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n4+8的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n5的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n5+7的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n6的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n6+6的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n7的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答 信息在子帧索引为n7+6的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n8的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n8+5的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n9的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n9+4的上行子帧上发送。Here, the timing relationship between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located is determined according to the predefined rule: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 0 is in the sub-frame. The frame index is transmitted on an uplink subframe of n 0 +11; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 1 is transmitted on an uplink subframe with a subframe index of n 1 +10; the subframe index n 2 downlink sub-frame corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe n + 9 2 in the subframe index; subframe index n 3 of the downlink sub-frame corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information in a subframe index n The uplink subframe of 3 + 8 is transmitted; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 4 is transmitted on the uplink subframe with the subframe index n 4 + 8; the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 5 The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the frame is transmitted on the uplink subframe with the subframe index of n 5 +7; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 6 is the subframe index of n 6 +6 transmitting the uplink subframe; subframe index n of the downlink sub-frame 7 corresponds to HARQ-ACK response information on a subframe index n of 7 +6 Transmission subframe; subframe index n of 8 downlink sub-frame corresponding to the response HARQ-ACK information is transmitted to the uplink subframe n + 5 8 subframe index; downlink subframe index n corresponding to the sub-frame 9 HARQ- transmitting ACK response information to the uplink subframe n 9 +4 in a subframe index.
如图2所示,终端在无线帧0的下行子帧0、下行子帧1、下行子帧2和下行子帧3接收下行信息后,在无线帧1的上行子帧1上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端在无线帧0的下行子帧4、下行子帧5和下行子帧6接收下行信息后,在无线帧1的上行子帧2上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端在无线帧0的下行子帧7、下行子帧8和下行子帧9上接收下行信息,在无线帧1的上行子帧3上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。As shown in FIG. 2, after receiving the downlink information in the downlink subframe 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe 3 of the radio frame 0, the terminal transmits the corresponding HARQ on the uplink subframe 1 of the radio frame 1. - ACK response information; after receiving the downlink information in the downlink subframe 4, the downlink subframe 5, and the downlink subframe 6 of the radio frame 0, the terminal transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 2 of the radio frame 1; The downlink information is received on the downlink subframe 7, the downlink subframe 8, and the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0, and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
综上,终端在无线帧1的上行子帧1、上行子帧2和上行子帧3上发送HARQ-ACK应答信息。In summary, the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
具体实施例2 Specific embodiment 2
如图3所示,终端在无线帧0的下行子帧0至下行子帧9上接收下行信息,终端在无线帧1的上行子帧1、上行子帧2和上行子帧3上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;这里,终端为半双工类型B的终端,所以无线帧1的子帧0和无线帧1的子帧4用于上下行切换。As shown in FIG. 3, the terminal receives downlink information on the downlink subframe 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0, and the terminal transmits corresponding information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1. HARQ-ACK response information; here, the terminal is a half-duplex type B terminal, so the subframe 0 of the radio frame 1 and the subframe 4 of the radio frame 1 are used for uplink and downlink handover.
这里,根据预定义的规则确定S1个下行子帧和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系具体为:子帧索引n0的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n0+11的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n1的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n1+10的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n2的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n2+9的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n3的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n3+8的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n4的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n4+8的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n5 的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n5+7的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n6的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n6+6的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n7的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n7+5的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n8的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n8+5的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n9的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n9+4的上行子帧上发送。Here, the timing relationship between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located is determined according to the predefined rule: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 0 is in the sub-frame. The frame index is transmitted on an uplink subframe of n 0 +11; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 1 is transmitted on an uplink subframe with a subframe index of n 1 +10; the subframe index n 2 downlink sub-frame corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe n + 9 2 in the subframe index; subframe index n 3 of the downlink sub-frame corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information in a subframe index n The uplink subframe of 3 + 8 is transmitted; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 4 is transmitted on the uplink subframe with the subframe index n 4 + 8; the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 5 The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the frame is transmitted on the uplink subframe with the subframe index of n 5 +7; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 6 is the subframe index of n 6 +6 transmitting the uplink subframe; subframe index n of the downlink sub-frame 7 corresponds to HARQ-ACK response information in the uplink sub-frame index n + 5 7 Transmission subframe; subframe index n of 8 downlink sub-frame corresponding to the response HARQ-ACK information is transmitted to the uplink subframe n + 5 8 subframe index; downlink subframe index n corresponding to the sub-frame 9 HARQ- transmitting ACK response information to the uplink subframe n 9 +4 in a subframe index.
如图3所示,终端在无线帧0下行子帧0、下行子帧1、下行子帧2和下行子帧3接收下行信息后,在无线帧1的上行子帧1上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端在无线帧0的下行子帧4、下行子帧5、下行子帧6和下行子帧7接收下行信息后,在无线帧1的上行子帧2上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端在无线帧0的下行子帧8和下行子帧9上接收下行信息,在无线帧1的上行子帧3上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。As shown in FIG. 3, after receiving the downlink information in the downlink frame 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe 3 of the radio frame 0, the terminal transmits the corresponding HARQ in the uplink subframe 1 of the radio frame 1. ACK response information; after receiving the downlink information in the downlink subframe 4, the downlink subframe 5, the downlink subframe 6 and the downlink subframe 7 of the radio frame 0, the terminal transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK on the uplink subframe 2 of the radio frame 1 Response information: The terminal receives the downlink information on the downlink subframe 8 and the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0, and transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
综上,终端在无线帧1的上行子帧1、上行子帧2和上行子帧3上发送HARQ-ACK应答信息。In summary, the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
具体实施例3 Specific embodiment 3
如图4所示,终端在无线帧0的下行子帧0至下行子帧9上接收下行信息,终端在无线帧1的上行子帧1、上行子帧2和上行子帧3上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;这里,终端为半双工类型B的终端,所以无线帧1的子帧0和无线帧1的子帧4用于上下行切换。As shown in FIG. 4, the terminal receives the downlink information on the downlink subframe 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0, and the terminal transmits the corresponding information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1. HARQ-ACK response information; here, the terminal is a half-duplex type B terminal, so the subframe 0 of the radio frame 1 and the subframe 4 of the radio frame 1 are used for uplink and downlink handover.
这里,根据预定义的规则确定S1个下行子帧和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系具体为:子帧索引n0的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n0+11的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n1的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n1+10的上行子帧上 发送;子帧索引n2的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n2+9的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n3的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n3+9的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n4的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n4+8的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n5的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n5+7的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n6的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n6+7的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n7的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n7+6的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n8的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n8+5的上行子帧上发送;子帧索引n9的下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧索引为n9+4的上行子帧上发送。Here, the timing relationship between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located is determined according to the predefined rule: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 0 is in the sub-frame. The frame index is transmitted on the uplink subframe of n 0 +11; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 1 is sent on the uplink subframe with the subframe index n 1 +10; the subframe index n 2 downlink sub-frame corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe n + 9 2 in the subframe index; subframe index n 3 of the downlink sub-frame corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information in a subframe index n transmitting the uplink subframe 3 +9; downlink subframe index n corresponding to the sub-frame 4 of the HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe n +8 4 in subframe index; downlink sub-subframe index n 5 The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the frame is transmitted on the uplink subframe with the subframe index of n 5 +7; the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe of the subframe index n 6 is the subframe index of n 6 +7 transmitting the uplink subframe; subframe index n of the downlink sub-frame 7 corresponds to HARQ-ACK response information on a subframe index n of 7 +6 Transmission subframe; subframe index n of 8 downlink sub-frame corresponding to the response HARQ-ACK information is transmitted to the uplink subframe n + 5 8 subframe index; downlink subframe index n corresponding to the sub-frame 9 HARQ- transmitting ACK response information to the uplink subframe n 9 +4 in a subframe index.
如图4所示,终端在无线帧0下行子帧0、下行子帧1和下行子帧2接收下行信息后,在无线帧1的上行子帧1上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端在无线帧0的下行子帧3、下行子帧4和下行子帧5接收下行信息后,在无线帧1的上行子帧2上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端在无线帧0的下行子帧6、下行子帧7、下行子帧8和下行子帧9上接收下行信息,在无线帧1的上行子帧3上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。As shown in FIG. 4, after receiving the downlink information in the downlink frame 0, the downlink subframe 1 and the downlink subframe 2 of the radio frame 0, the terminal transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1 of the radio frame 1; After receiving the downlink information in the downlink subframe 3, the downlink subframe 4, and the downlink subframe 5 of the radio frame 0, the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe 2 of the radio frame 1; the terminal is in the downlink of the radio frame 0. The downlink information is received on the subframe 6, the downlink subframe 7, the downlink subframe 8, and the downlink subframe 9, and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted on the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
综上,终端在无线帧1的上行子帧1、上行子帧2和上行子帧3上发送HARQ-ACK应答信息。In summary, the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
具体实施例4 Specific embodiment 4
如图5所示,终端在无线帧0的下行子帧0至下行子帧9上接收下行数据信息,其中每个下行数据信息传输时占2个子帧;终端在无线帧1的上行子帧1、上行子帧2和上行子帧3上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;这里,终端为半双工类型B的终端,所以无线帧1的子帧0和无线帧1的子帧4用于上下行切换。 As shown in FIG. 5, the terminal receives downlink data information on the downlink subframe 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0, where each downlink data information occupies 2 subframes; the terminal is in the uplink subframe 1 of the radio frame 1 Transmitting the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 2 and the uplink subframe 3; here, the terminal is a terminal of the half duplex type B, so the subframe 0 of the radio frame 1 and the subframe 4 of the radio frame 1 are used. Up and down switching.
这里,可以根据具体实施例1确定S1个下行子帧和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系,根据下行信息对应的最后一个子帧在S1个下行子帧中的位置确定HARQ-ACK应答信息所在的上行子帧。Here, the timing relationship between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information may be determined according to the specific embodiment 1, and the location of the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes is determined. The uplink subframe in which the HARQ-ACK response information is located.
在实际实施时,终端在无线帧1的上行子帧1、上行子帧2和上行子帧3上发送HARQ-ACK应答信息。In actual implementation, the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1.
第三实施例Third embodiment
为了能更加体现本发明的目的,在本发明第一实施例的基础上,进行进一步的举例说明。In order to further embodies the object of the present invention, further exemplification will be made on the basis of the first embodiment of the present invention.
本发明第三实施例中,假设所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系是根据预定义的规则确定S1个下行子帧中N个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系获得。假设最大下行进程数为10,假设下行信息传输所占的子帧个数为2,N的值等于最大下行进程数10,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000007
Pj为第j个下行信息传输时对应的子帧个数2,那么S1的值为20,预设值K等于4,预设值L等于3,M=3,子帧索引为n0的子帧为固定的子帧;Qi等于1,也就是说,HARQ-ACK应答信息传输时对应1个上行子帧,那么,S2=3。
In the third embodiment of the present invention, it is assumed that the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is that the downlink information of the N downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S1 downlink subframes are determined according to a predefined rule. The timing relationship between frames is obtained. Assume that the maximum number of downlink processes is 10, and assume that the number of subframes occupied by downlink information transmission is 2, and the value of N is equal to 10 of the maximum number of downlink processes.
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000007
P j is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the jth downlink information, then the value of S1 is 20, the preset value K is equal to 4, the preset value L is equal to 3, M=3, and the subframe index is n 0 . The subframe is a fixed subframe; Q i is equal to 1, that is, when the HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted corresponding to one uplink subframe, then S2=3.
下面通过具体实施例5对本发明第二实施例进行进一步举例说明。The second embodiment of the present invention will be further exemplified below by way of specific embodiment 5.
具体实施例5 Specific embodiment 5
如图6所示,终端在无线帧0的下行子帧0至下行子帧9上接收下行信息和无线帧1的下行子帧0至下行子帧9上接收下行信息,并在无线帧2的上行子帧1、上行子帧2和上行子帧3上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;其中,无线帧2的子帧0和无线帧2的子帧4用于上下行切换。As shown in FIG. 6, the terminal receives the downlink information on the downlink subframe 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0 and the downlink subframe 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 1 and receives the downlink information, and in the radio frame 2 The corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3. The subframe 0 of the radio frame 2 and the subframe 4 of the radio frame 2 are used for uplink and downlink handover.
这里,终端可以根据预定义的规则确定N个下行信息和对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息所在的上行子帧之间的定时关系;具体地说,终端接收下行进程1的下行信息且下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k0时,在子 帧索引为k0+20的上行子帧上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程2的下行信息且下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k1时,在子帧索引为k1+18的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程3的下行信息且下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k2时,在子帧索引为k2+16的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程4的下行信息且下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k3时,在子帧索引为k3+14的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程5的下行信息且下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k4时,在子帧索引为k4+13的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程6的下行信息且的下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k5时,在子帧索引为k5+11的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程7的下行信息且的下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k6时,在子帧索引为k6+9的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程8的下行信息且下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k7时,在子帧索引为k7+8的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程9的下行信息且下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k8时,在子帧索引为k8+6的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程10的下行信息且下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k9时,在子帧索引为k9+4的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。Here, the terminal may determine a timing relationship between the N downlink information and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located according to the predefined rule; specifically, the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 1 and ends the downlink information. When the subframe index of the subframe is k 0 , the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 0 +20; the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 2 and the end subframe of the downlink information When the subframe index is k 1 , the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 1 +18; the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 3 and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is When k 2 , the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 2 +16; when the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 4 and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 3 , Transmitting the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 3 +14; when the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 5 and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 4 , the subframe index An uplink subframe of k 4 +13 Sending the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; when the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 6 and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 5 , the terminal transmits the corresponding uplink subframe with the subframe index k 5 +11 HARQ-ACK response information; when the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 7 and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 6 , the terminal transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 6 +9 response information; downlink information terminal 8 receives and processes the downlink subframe index ended downlink sub-frame k is 7, the transmission in the subframe index k corresponding to the uplink subframe 7 +8 HARQ-ACK response information; terminal When the downlink information of the downlink process 9 is received and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 8 , the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 8 +6; the terminal receives the downlink process 10 end sub-subframe index information and downlink information is a downlink frame is 0900 k, for k corresponding to the frame transmitted uplink subframe 9 +4 subframe index in response HARQ-ACK information.
综上,终端在无线帧2的上行子帧1、上行子帧2和上行子帧3上发送HARQ-ACK应答信息。In summary, the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 2.
第四实施例Fourth embodiment
为了能更加体现本发明的目的,在本发明第一实施例的基础上,进行进一步的举例说明。In order to further embodies the object of the present invention, further exemplification will be made on the basis of the first embodiment of the present invention.
本发明第四实施例中,假设所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息 的定时关系是根据预定义的规则确定S1个下行子帧中G个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系获得,G的值根据S1的值和每个下行信息传输所占下行子帧个数确定。In the fourth embodiment of the present invention, the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information are assumed. The timing relationship is obtained according to a predefined rule to determine a timing relationship between the G downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located, and the value of G is based on the value of S1 and each downlink information. The number of downlink subframes occupied by the transmission is determined.
下面通过具体实施例6至具体实施例7说明本发明第四实施例的多种实现方式。Various implementations of the fourth embodiment of the present invention are described below by way of specific embodiments 6 through 7.
具体实施例6 Specific embodiment 6
假设S1为固定值20,假设下行数据1传输所在的子帧个数为4,假设剩余数据传输所在的子帧个数为2,那么G=9,预设值K等于4,预设值L等于3,子帧索引为n0的子帧为固定的子帧;Qi等于1,也就是说,HARQ-ACK应答信息传输时对应1个上行子帧,因为G=9,预设值K等于4,S2=3S1 is assumed to be a fixed value of 20, assuming that the number of subframes in which downlink data 1 is transmitted is 4, assuming that the number of subframes in which the remaining data is transmitted is 2, then G=9, the preset value K is equal to 4, and the preset value L A subframe equal to 3, the subframe index is n 0 is a fixed subframe; Q i is equal to 1, that is, the HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted corresponding to one uplink subframe, because G=9, the preset value K Equal to 4, S2=3
如图7所示,终端在无线帧0和无线帧1的下行子帧0至下行子帧9上接收下行数据信息,其中下行数据信息传输时占2个子帧;终端在无线帧2的上行子帧1、上行子帧2和上行子帧3上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;这里,终端为半双工类型B的终端,所以无线帧1的子帧0和无线帧1的子帧4用于上下行切换。As shown in FIG. 7, the terminal receives downlink data information on the downlink frame 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0 and the radio frame 1, wherein the downlink data information occupies 2 subframes; the terminal is in the uplink subframe of the radio frame 2 Frame 1, uplink subframe 2, and uplink subframe 3 transmit corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; here, the terminal is a half duplex type B terminal, so subframe 0 of radio frame 1 and subframe 4 of radio frame 1 Used for uplink and downlink switching.
这里,可以根据预定义的规则确定G个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系,具体地说,终端接收下行进程1的下行信息且下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k0,在子帧索引为k0+18的上行子帧上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程2的下行信息,下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k1,在子帧索引为k1+16的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程3的下行信息,下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k2,在子帧索引为k2+14的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程4的下行信息,下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k3,在子帧索引为k3+13的上行子帧发送对应 的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程5的下行信息,下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k4,在子帧索引为k4+11的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程6的下行信息,的下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k5,在子帧索引为k5+9的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程7的下行信息的下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k6,在子帧索引为k6+8的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程8的下行信息,下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k7,在子帧索引为k7+6的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程9的下行信息,下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k8,在子帧索引为k8+4的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。Here, the timing relationship between the G downlink information and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located may be determined according to a predefined rule. Specifically, the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 1 and the end subframe of the downlink information. The sub-frame index is k 0 , and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 0 +18; the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 2, and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 1 , transmitting corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in an uplink subframe with a subframe index of k 1 +16; the terminal receives downlink information of the downlink process 3, and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 2 , in the sub The uplink subframe with the frame index of k 2 +14 transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 4, the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 3 , and the subframe index is k 3 The uplink subframe of +13 transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 5, the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 4 , and the uplink subframe of the subframe index is k 4 +11 Frame transmission corresponding HARQ-AC The K response information; the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 6, the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 5 , and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 5 +9; The subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information for receiving the downlink information of the downlink process 7 is k 6 , and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 6 +8; the terminal receives the downlink process 8 The downlink information, the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 7 , and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 7 +6; the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 9 and downlink The subframe index of the end subframe of the information is k 8 , and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is transmitted in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 8 +4.
综上,终端在无线帧2的上行子帧1、上行子帧2和上行子帧3上发送HARQ-ACK应答信息。In summary, the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information on the uplink subframe 1, the uplink subframe 2, and the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 2.
具体实施例7 Specific embodiment 7
假设S1为固定值20,假设下行数据传输所在的子帧个数为4,那么G=5,预设值L等于3,子帧索引为n0的子帧为固定的子帧;Qi等于1,也就是说,HARQ-ACK应答信息传输时对应1个上行子帧,M等于预设值1。S1 is assumed to be a fixed value of 20, assuming that the number of subframes in which the downlink data transmission is located is 4, then G=5, the preset value L is equal to 3, and the subframe with the subframe index of n 0 is a fixed subframe; Q i is equal to 1. That is to say, when the HARQ-ACK response message is transmitted, it corresponds to one uplink subframe, and M is equal to the preset value 1.
如图8所示,终端在无线帧0和无线帧1的下行子帧0至下行子帧9上接收下行数据信息,其中下行数据信息传输时占2个子帧;终端在无线帧2的上行子帧1上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;这里,终端为半双工类型B的终端,所以无线帧1的子帧0和无线帧1的子帧2用于上下行切换。As shown in FIG. 8, the terminal receives downlink data information on the downlink frame 0 to the downlink subframe 9 of the radio frame 0 and the radio frame 1, wherein the downlink data information occupies 2 subframes; the terminal is in the uplink subframe of the radio frame 2 The corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the frame 1. Here, the terminal is a half-duplex type B terminal, so the subframe 0 of the radio frame 1 and the subframe 2 of the radio frame 1 are used for uplink and downlink handover.
这里,可以根据预定义的规则确定G个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系,具体地说,终端接收下行进程1 的下行信息且下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k0,在子帧索引为k0+18的上行子帧上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程2的下行信息,下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k1,在子帧索引为k1+14的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程3的下行信息,下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k2,在子帧索引为k2+10的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程4的下行信息,下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k3,在子帧索引为k3+6的上行子帧发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端接收下行进程5的下行信息,下行信息的结束子帧的子帧索引为k3,因为k3和上行子帧之间的定时小于预设值L,所以不在上行子帧1上发送。Here, the timing relationship between the G downlink information and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located may be determined according to a predefined rule. Specifically, the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 1 and the end subframe of the downlink information. The sub-frame index is k 0 , and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 0 +18; the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 2, and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 1 , transmitting the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the uplink subframe with the subframe index of k 1 +14; the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 3, and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 2 , in the sub The uplink subframe with the frame index of k 2 +10 transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 4, the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 3 , and the subframe index is k 3 The uplink subframe of +6 transmits the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; the terminal receives the downlink information of the downlink process 5, and the subframe index of the end subframe of the downlink information is k 3 because the timing between the k3 and the uplink subframe is smaller than the pre- Set the value L, so Not sent on uplink subframe 1.
综上,终端在无线帧2的上行子帧1发送HARQ-ACK应答信息。In summary, the terminal transmits HARQ-ACK response information in the uplink subframe 1 of the radio frame 2.
第五实施例Fifth embodiment
为了能更加体现本发明的目的,在本发明第一实施例的基础上,进行进一步的举例说明。In order to further embodies the object of the present invention, further exemplification will be made on the basis of the first embodiment of the present invention.
本发明第五实施例中,终端从子帧索引为n0的子帧开始在S1个子帧接收下行信息后,根据以下方式一、方式二或方式三中任意一种得到实际发送的HARQ-ACK信息;或者根据终端的覆盖级别选择不同的方式得到发送的HARQ-ACK信息,一个例子为,当终端对应的HARQ-ACK传输重复次数为1时,选择方式二或者方式三中的一种,当终端对应的HARQ-ACK传输重复次数大于1时,选择方式一,其中,In the fifth embodiment of the present invention, after receiving the downlink information in the S1 subframes, the terminal obtains the HARQ-ACK actually transmitted according to any one of the following manners, mode 2, or mode 3, after the subframes with the subframe index of n 0 are received. The information may be obtained by selecting different manners according to the coverage level of the terminal. For example, when the number of HARQ-ACK transmission repetitions of the terminal is 1, one of mode 2 or mode 3 is selected. When the number of HARQ-ACK transmission repetitions corresponding to the terminal is greater than 1, the mode 1 is selected, where
方式一为:将每个上行子帧对应的一个或多个下行信息的HARQ-ACK应答信息异或,得出每个上行子帧上发送的HARQ-ACK信息。The first method is: XORing the HARQ-ACK response information of one or more downlink information corresponding to each uplink subframe to obtain HARQ-ACK information sent on each uplink subframe.
所述方式二为:统计每个上行子帧对应的一个或多个下行信息的HARQ-ACK应答信息中ACK信息的个数,基于所统计的ACK信息的个数、以及预先设置的ACK信息的个数与需要发送的HARQ-ACK信息的对应关 系,确定每个上行子帧上发送的HARQ-ACK信息;The second method is: counting the number of ACK information in the HARQ-ACK response information of one or more downlink information corresponding to each uplink subframe, based on the number of ACK information that is counted, and the preset ACK information. Correspondence between the number and the HARQ-ACK information to be sent System, determining HARQ-ACK information sent on each uplink subframe;
所述方式三为:对每个上行子帧对应的一个或多个下行信息的HARQ-ACK应答信息按照对应的下行分配指示DAI进行从低到高的排序,统计排序后的HARQ-ACK应答信息中ACK信息的分布信息,基于所统计的ACK信息的分布信息、以及预先设置的ACK信息的分布信息与需要发送的HARQ-ACK信息的对应关系,确定每个上行子帧上发送的HARQ-ACK信息;所述ACK信息的分布信息包括:ACK信息的个数、以及从第一个ACK信息开始的连续R个ACK信息的个数。The third mode is: performing HARQ-ACK response information of one or more downlink information corresponding to each uplink subframe according to a downlink allocation indication DAI from low to high, and performing statistically sorted HARQ-ACK response information. The distribution information of the ACK information is determined based on the distribution information of the ACK information and the correspondence between the distribution information of the ACK information and the HARQ-ACK information to be transmitted, and the HARQ-ACK transmitted on each uplink subframe is determined. Information; the distribution information of the ACK information includes: the number of ACK information, and the number of consecutive R ACK information starting from the first ACK information.
在实际实施时,如果采用方式一或方式三得出每个上行子帧上发送的HARQ-ACK信息,则下行数据对应的下行控制信息中包含下行分配指示DAI,DAI的含义和现有技术中相同,这里不再赘述。In the actual implementation, if the HARQ-ACK information sent in each uplink subframe is obtained by using the mode 1 or the mode 3, the downlink control information corresponding to the downlink data includes the downlink allocation indication DAI, the meaning of the DAI, and the prior art. The same, no longer repeat here.
终端可以仅通过资源配置信令确定发送HARQ-ACK应答信息时使用的物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)资源;也可以通过资源配置信令和MPDCCH对应的增强控制信道单元(Enhanced Control Channel Element,简称ECCE)索引隐含得到发送HARQ-ACK应答信息时使用的PUCCH资源;这里的资源配置信令可以是高层信令,也可以包括高层信令和下行控制信息中的信令。The terminal may determine, by using the resource configuration signaling, a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resource used for transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information, or may also use the resource configuration signaling and the enhanced control channel unit corresponding to the MPDCCH (Enhanced Control) The channel element (ECCE) index implicitly obtains the PUCCH resource used when transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information; the resource configuration signaling here may be high layer signaling, and may also include signaling in the high layer signaling and downlink control information.
下面通过三个具体实施例分别对方式一、方式二和方式三进行示例性地说明。The first mode, the second mode, and the third mode are respectively exemplified by three specific embodiments.
具体实施例8 Specific embodiment 8
按照方式一得出每个上行子帧上发送的HARQ-ACK应答信息;示例性地,参照图2,终端在无线帧0的下行子帧0、下行子帧1、下行子帧2和下行子帧3接收下行信息后,将无线帧0的下行子帧0、下行子帧1、下行子帧2和下行子帧3对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息进行异或,得到1比特HARQ-ACK信息,所得到的1比特HARQ-ACK信息为在无线帧1的上行 子帧1上发送的HARQ-ACK信息。According to the first method, the HARQ-ACK response information sent on each uplink subframe is obtained. For example, referring to FIG. 2, the terminal is in the downlink subframe 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe of the radio frame 0. After receiving the downlink information, the frame 3 performs XOR of the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe 3 of the radio frame 0, to obtain 1-bit HARQ-ACK information. The obtained 1-bit HARQ-ACK information is the uplink of the radio frame 1 HARQ-ACK information transmitted on subframe 1.
在一个具体的实现方式中,发送HARQ-ACK信息时使用的PUCCH资源可以通过终端接收到的最后一个下行信息对应的MPDCCH对应的ECCE索引隐含映射和信令得到,具体为:In a specific implementation, the PUCCH resource used for transmitting the HARQ-ACK information may be obtained by using the ECCE index implicit mapping and signaling corresponding to the MPDCCH corresponding to the last downlink information received by the terminal, specifically:
如果下行信息对应的MPDCCH中物理资源块集合q即MPDCCH-PRB-set q是离散传输,那么所述PUCCH资源通过以下公式得到If the physical resource block set q in the MPDCCH corresponding to the downlink information, that is, the MPDCCH-PRB-set q is a discrete transmission, the PUCCH resource is obtained by using the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000008
如果下行信息对应的MPDCCH中MPDCCH-PRB-set q是连续传输,那么所述PUCCH资源通过以下公式得到If the MPDCCH-PRB-set q in the MPDCCH corresponding to the downlink information is continuous transmission, the PUCCH resource is obtained by using the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000009
其中,对于天线端口p0,nECCE,q是MPDCCH-PRB-set q中传输对应DCI分配的第一个ECCE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000010
是高层配置的参数,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000011
是一个RB内的ECCE个数,n'根据MPDCCH传输对应的天线端口确定,m为上行子帧对应的下行信息个数,ΔARO是通过DCI中的HARQ-ACK资源偏移域得到,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000012
等于MPDCCH-PRB-set q对应的ECCE个数。
Wherein, for the antenna port p 0 , n ECCE, q is the number of the first ECCE allocated by the corresponding DCI in the MPDCCH-PRB-set q,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000010
Is a parameter of the high-level configuration,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000011
ECCE is the number in one RB, n 'corresponding to the transmission port determined according MPDCCH antenna, m is the number of the downlink corresponding to the uplink sub-frame information, Δ ARO DCI is obtained by the HARQ-ACK resources offset field,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000012
It is equal to the number of ECCEs corresponding to MPDCCH-PRB-set q.
在另一个具体的实现方式中,发送HARQ-ACK应答信息时使用的PUCCH资源可以通过高层信令进行确定;例如,基站通过高层信令为UE配置4个PUCCH资源,所述PUCCH资源和下行信息/下行子帧一一对应,例如,PUCCH资源1对应无线帧0下行子帧0的下行信息,PUCCH资源2对应无线帧0下行子帧1的下行信息,PUCCH资源3对应无线帧下行子帧2的下行信息,PUCCH资源4对应无线帧0下行子帧3的下行信息,终端发送HARQ-ACK应答信息时使用的PUCCH资源为终端接收到的最后一个下行信息对应的PUCCH资源。 In another specific implementation manner, the PUCCH resource used for transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information may be determined by using the high layer signaling. For example, the base station configures, by using the high layer signaling, four PUCCH resources, the PUCCH resource and the downlink information. The downlink subframes are corresponding to each other. For example, the PUCCH resource 1 corresponds to the downlink information of the downlink subframe 0 of the radio frame 0, the PUCCH resource 2 corresponds to the downlink information of the downlink subframe 1 of the radio frame 0, and the PUCCH resource 3 corresponds to the downlink subframe 2 of the radio frame. The downlink information, the PUCCH resource 4 corresponds to the downlink information of the downlink subframe 3 of the radio frame 0, and the PUCCH resource used by the terminal to transmit the HARQ-ACK response information is the PUCCH resource corresponding to the last downlink information received by the terminal.
无线帧1的上行子帧2发送的HARQ-ACK信息的获得方法和对应PUCCH资源分配机制与无线子帧1的上行子帧1相同,无线帧1的上行子帧3发送的HARQ-ACK信息的获得方法和对应PUCCH资源分配机制与无线子帧1的上行子帧1相同,这里不再赘述。The method for obtaining HARQ-ACK information and the corresponding PUCCH resource allocation mechanism of the uplink subframe 2 of the radio frame 1 are the same as the uplink subframe 1 of the radio subframe 1, and the HARQ-ACK information transmitted by the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1 is The obtaining method and the corresponding PUCCH resource allocation mechanism are the same as the uplink subframe 1 of the radio subframe 1, and are not described here.
具体实施例9 Specific embodiment 9
按照方式二得出每个上行子帧上发送的HARQ-ACK应答信息;示例性地,参照图2,终端在无线帧0的下行子帧0、下行子帧1、下行子帧2和下行子帧3接收下行信息后,统计下行子帧0、下行子帧1、下行子帧2和下行子帧3对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息中ACK信息的个数,根据表1得到发送的HARQ-ACK信息。According to the second method, the HARQ-ACK response information sent on each uplink subframe is obtained. For example, referring to FIG. 2, the terminal is in the downlink subframe 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe of the radio frame 0. After receiving the downlink information, the frame 3 counts the number of ACK information in the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe 3, and obtains the transmitted HARQ-ACK according to Table 1. information.
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000013
表1Table 1
在实际实施时,发送HARQ-ACK应答信息时使用的PUCCH资源可以通过高层信令进行得到。In actual implementation, the PUCCH resource used when transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information can be obtained through high layer signaling.
另外,无线帧1的上行子帧2发送的HARQ-ACK信息的获得方法和对应的PUCCH资源分配机制与无线子帧1的上行子帧1相同,无线帧1的上行子帧3发送的HARQ-ACK信息的获得方法和对应的PUCCH资源分配机制与无线子帧1的上行子帧1相同,这里不再赘述。In addition, the method for obtaining HARQ-ACK information and the corresponding PUCCH resource allocation mechanism of the uplink subframe 2 of the radio frame 1 are the same as the uplink subframe 1 of the radio subframe 1, and the HARQ- transmitted by the uplink subframe 3 of the radio frame 1 The method for obtaining the ACK information and the corresponding PUCCH resource allocation mechanism are the same as the uplink subframe 1 of the radio subframe 1, and are not described here.
具体实施例10 Specific embodiment 10
按照方式三得出每个上行子帧上发送的HARQ-ACK应答信息;示例性 地,参照图2,终端在无线帧0的下行子帧0、下行子帧1、下行子帧2和下行子帧3接收下行信息后,对每个上行子帧对应的各个下行信息的HARQ-ACK应答信息根据对应的下行分配指示DAI的值从低到高的排序,得到依次为HARQ-ACK(0)、HARQ-ACK(1)、HARQ-ACK(2)、HARQ-ACK(3),之后根据表2确定发送的HARQ-ACK信息。Obtaining HARQ-ACK response information sent on each uplink subframe according to mode 3; exemplary Referring to FIG. 2, after receiving the downlink information in the downlink subframe 0, the downlink subframe 1, the downlink subframe 2, and the downlink subframe 3 of the radio frame 0, the terminal performs HARQ for each downlink information corresponding to each uplink subframe. The ACK response information is ordered from low to high according to the corresponding downlink allocation indication DAI, and is obtained as HARQ-ACK (0), HARQ-ACK (1), HARQ-ACK (2), and HARQ-ACK (3), respectively. The transmitted HARQ-ACK information is then determined according to Table 2.
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000014
表2Table 2
表2中,any表示任何HARQ-ACK应答信息,例如any可以表示ACK信息、NACK信息或DTX信息,In Table 2, any represents any HARQ-ACK response information, for example, any may represent ACK information, NACK information, or DTX information.
在实际实施时,发送HARQ-ACK应答信息时使用的PUCCH资源可以通过资源配置信令进行配置,这里的资源配置信息包括高层信令和下行控制信息中的信令;具体地,高层信令配置q个资源,通过下行控制信息中的信令指示具体使用的资源;DCI的资源开销取决于q的大小。In practical implementation, the PUCCH resource used for transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information may be configured by using resource configuration signaling, where the resource configuration information includes signaling in the high layer signaling and the downlink control information; specifically, the high layer signaling configuration The q resources indicate the specific used resources through the signaling in the downlink control information; the resource overhead of the DCI depends on the size of the q.
另外,无线帧1的上行子帧2发送的HARQ-ACK信息的获得方法和对应的PUCCH资源分配机制与无线子帧1的上行子帧1相同,无线帧1的上 行子帧3发送的HARQ-ACK信息的获得方法和对应PUCCH资源分配机制与无线子帧1的上行子帧1相同,这里不再赘述。In addition, the method for obtaining HARQ-ACK information and the corresponding PUCCH resource allocation mechanism sent by the uplink subframe 2 of the radio frame 1 are the same as the uplink subframe 1 of the radio subframe 1, and the radio frame 1 is received. The method for obtaining the HARQ-ACK information and the corresponding PUCCH resource allocation mechanism are the same as the uplink subframe 1 of the radio subframe 1, and are not described here.
第六实施例Sixth embodiment
为了能更加体现本发明的目的,在本发明第一实施例的基础上,进行进一步的举例说明。In order to further embodies the object of the present invention, further exemplification will be made on the basis of the first embodiment of the present invention.
在本实施例中,基站可以通过FDD系统与终端进行通信,终端为半双工FDD终端;基站可以向终端发送下行信息、及所述下行信息对应的DCI,这里,基站在发送的DCI增加调度相关的控制域信息。In this embodiment, the base station can communicate with the terminal through the FDD system, and the terminal is a half-duplex FDD terminal; the base station can send the downlink information and the DCI corresponding to the downlink information to the terminal, where the base station increases the scheduling of the transmitted DCI. Related control domain information.
基站在DCI中新增加一个下行分配指示(DAI:Downlink Assignment Indicator)域,DAI域用于指示所述下行信息是否位于所述S1个下行子帧中的最后一个,也就是说,DAI域用于指示对应的PDSCH或对应的指示下行SPS释放的MPDCCH是否为S1个下行子帧中最后一个;显然,终端接收的DCI中包括DAI域;这里,终端可以与基站预先约定DAI域所指示的内容。The base station adds a DAI (Downlink Assignment Indicator) field to the DCI, and the DAI field is used to indicate whether the downlink information is located in the last one of the S1 downlink subframes, that is, the DAI domain is used. Indicates whether the corresponding PDSCH or the corresponding MPDCCH indicating the downlink SPS release is the last one of the S1 downlink subframes; obviously, the DCI received by the terminal includes the DAI domain; here, the terminal may pre-agreed the content indicated by the DAI domain with the base station.
下面通过一个具体实施例对本发明第六实施例进行示例说明。The sixth embodiment of the present invention will be exemplified below by way of a specific embodiment.
具体实施例11 Specific embodiment 11
如图9所示,基站在子帧0、子帧1、子帧2、子帧3和子帧4上分别发送MPDCCH,在子帧2、子帧3、子帧4、子帧5和子帧6上分别发送对应的PDSCH,MPDCCH和对应PDSCH传输时重复次数为1;DAI域的含义如表3所示。As shown in FIG. 9, the base station transmits MPDCCH on subframe 0, subframe 1, subframe 2, subframe 3, and subframe 4, respectively, in subframe 2, subframe 3, subframe 4, subframe 5, and subframe 6. The corresponding PDSCH is transmitted separately, and the number of repetitions of the MPDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH transmission is 1; the meaning of the DAI domain is as shown in Table 3.
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000015
表3 table 3
在终端侧,可以通过下面两种接收情况举例说明。On the terminal side, the following two cases can be illustrated.
接收情况一:Receiving situation 1:
终端接收的DCI中DAI域的值如图9所示,终端在子帧4上接收到DAI域值为1的MPDCCH时,确定所述接收的MPDCCH对应的PDSCH为最后一个PDSCH,此时,终端根据预设的定时关系,在下个无线帧子帧0上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息信息;这里,预设的定时关系为:在子帧n上接收最后一个MPDCCH对应的PDSCH时,在子帧n+4上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;具体发送的HARQ-ACK信息通过表4进行确定,需要说明的是,表4只是给出一个示例,本发明不排除其他HARQ-ACK信息和ACK个数组合方式;The value of the DAI field in the DCI received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 9. When the terminal receives the MPDCCH with the DAI field value of 1 on the subframe 4, the terminal determines that the PDSCH corresponding to the received MPDCCH is the last PDSCH. And transmitting, according to the preset timing relationship, the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the next radio frame subframe 0. Here, the preset timing relationship is: when receiving the PDSCH corresponding to the last MPDCCH in the subframe n, in the sub-frame The corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the frame n+4; the specifically transmitted HARQ-ACK information is determined through Table 4. It should be noted that Table 4 only gives an example, and the present invention does not exclude other HARQ-ACK information and ACK number combination method;
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000016
表4Table 4
接收情况二:Receiving situation 2:
终端接收的DAI域的值如图10所示,这里,DAI域的含义可以参照表3进行解释。The value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 10. Here, the meaning of the DAI field can be explained with reference to Table 3.
终端在子帧0、子帧1、子帧2和子帧3上分别接收到DAI域的值为0的MPDCCH,且终端在后续的N1个子帧上都未检测到MPDCCH,其中,终端可以确定传输下行信息时发生了DTX,此时,UE不发送对应的 HARQ-ACK应答信息;N1为大于0的整数;例如,终端在子帧4、子帧5、子帧6和子帧7上未检测到MPDCCH,确定传输下行信息时发生了DTX,图10中,虚线表示不需要发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The terminal receives the MPDCCH with the value of 0 in the DAI field on the subframe 0, the subframe 1, the subframe 2, and the subframe 3, and the terminal does not detect the MPDCCH in the subsequent N1 subframes, where the terminal can determine the transmission. DTX occurs when the downlink information is generated. At this time, the UE does not send the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; N1 is an integer greater than 0; for example, the terminal does not detect the MPDCCH on the subframe 4, the subframe 5, the subframe 6 and the subframe 7, and determines that DTX occurs when transmitting the downlink information, in FIG. The dotted line indicates that it is not necessary to transmit the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information.
基站可以在下个无线帧子帧0上进行PUCCH检测,并根据检测结果确定PDSCH的传输,可选的,当基站没有检测到HARQ-ACK信息时,基站确定数据发送时发生了DTX,将调度的所有PDSCH重新发送,当基站检测到HARQ-ACK信息时,基站根据接收的HARQ-ACK信息确定PDSCH的发送情况,其中基站进行PUCCH检测、基站根接收的HARQ-ACK信息确定PDSCH的发送情况属于现有技术,这里不再赘述。The base station may perform PUCCH detection on the next radio frame subframe 0, and determine the PDSCH transmission according to the detection result. Optionally, when the base station does not detect the HARQ-ACK information, the base station determines that DTX occurs during data transmission, and the scheduling is performed. All the PDSCHs are retransmitted. When the base station detects the HARQ-ACK information, the base station determines the transmission status of the PDSCH according to the received HARQ-ACK information, where the base station performs PUCCH detection and the HARQ-ACK information received by the base station root determines that the PDSCH transmission status belongs to the current situation. There is technology, so I won't go into details here.
第七实施例Seventh embodiment
为了能更加体现本发明的目的,在本发明第一实施例的基础上,进行进一步的举例说明。In order to further embodies the object of the present invention, further exemplification will be made on the basis of the first embodiment of the present invention.
在本实施例中,基站可以通过FDD系统与终端进行通信,终端为半双工FDD终端;基站可以向终端发送下行信息、及所述下行信息对应的DCI,这里,基站在发送的DCI增加调度相关的控制域信息。In this embodiment, the base station can communicate with the terminal through the FDD system, and the terminal is a half-duplex FDD terminal; the base station can send the downlink information and the DCI corresponding to the downlink information to the terminal, where the base station increases the scheduling of the transmitted DCI. Related control domain information.
基站在DCI中新增加一个DAI域,DAI域用于指示所述下行信息相对于所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置的偏移,也就是说,DAI域用于指示对应的PDSCH或对应的指示下行SPS释放的MPDCCH相对S1个下行子帧结束位置的偏移;显然,终端接收的DCI中包括DAI域;这里,终端可以与基站预先约定DAI域所指示的内容。The base station adds a DAI field in the DCI, and the DAI field is used to indicate the offset of the downlink information with respect to the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, that is, the DAI domain is used to indicate the corresponding PDSCH or the corresponding The MPDCCH indicating the downlink SPS release is offset from the end position of the S1 downlink subframes. Obviously, the DCI received by the terminal includes a DAI domain; here, the terminal may pre-agreed with the base station the content indicated by the DAI domain.
下面通过一个具体实施例对本发明第七实施例进行示例说明。The seventh embodiment of the present invention will be exemplified below by way of a specific embodiment.
具体实施例12 Specific embodiment 12
如图11所示,基站在子帧0、子帧1、子帧2、子帧3、子帧4、子帧5和子帧6上分别发送MPDCCH,在子帧2、子帧3、子帧4、子帧5、子帧6、子帧7和子帧8上分别发送对应的PDSCH,MPDCCH和对应PDSCH 传输时重复次数为1;这里,DAI域的含义如表5所示。As shown in FIG. 11, the base station transmits MPDCCH in subframe 0, subframe 1, subframe 2, subframe 3, subframe 4, subframe 5, and subframe 6, respectively, in subframe 2, subframe 3, and subframe. 4. Subframe 5, subframe 6, subframe 7, and subframe 8 respectively transmit corresponding PDSCH, MPDCCH, and corresponding PDSCH. The number of repetitions during transmission is 1; here, the meaning of the DAI field is shown in Table 5.
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000017
表5table 5
在终端侧,可以通过下面几种接收情况举例说明。On the terminal side, the following examples of receiving situations can be illustrated.
接收情况一:Receiving situation 1:
终端接收的DCI中DAI域的值如图11所示,终端在子帧0到子帧6上检测到对应的MPDCCH,且在子帧6上接收到DAI域值为00的MPDCCH,且后续N2个子帧上没有检测到MPDCCH时,终端确定所述接收的MPDCCH对应的PDSCH为S1个下行子帧的最后一个PDSCH,N2为大于0的整数;此时,终端根据预设的定时关系,在下个无线帧子帧2上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;这里,预设的定时关系为:在子帧n上接收最后一个MPDCCH对应的PDSCH时,在子帧n+4上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;具体发送的HARQ-ACK信息的内容可以通过表4进行确定,需要说明的是,表4只是给出一个示例,本发明不排除其他发送HARQ-ACK信息和ACK个数组合方式;The value of the DAI field in the DCI received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 11. The terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 0 to the subframe 6, and receives the MPDCCH with the DAI field value of 00 on the subframe 6, and the subsequent N2. When no MPDCCH is detected on the subframe, the terminal determines that the PDSCH corresponding to the received MPDCCH is the last PDSCH of the S1 downlink subframes, and N2 is an integer greater than 0. At this time, the terminal is next according to the preset timing relationship. The corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the radio frame subframe 2; here, the preset timing relationship is: when the PDSCH corresponding to the last MPDCCH is received on the subframe n, the corresponding HARQ is transmitted on the subframe n+4. ACK response information; the content of the specifically transmitted HARQ-ACK information can be determined by using Table 4. It should be noted that Table 4 only gives an example, and the present invention does not exclude other combinations of transmitting HARQ-ACK information and ACK number;
接收情况二:Receiving situation 2:
终端接收的DAI域的值如图12所示,这里,DAI域的含义可以参照表5进行解释;终端在子帧0到子帧5上均检测到对应的MPDCCH,且在子帧5上接收到DAI域的值为01的MPDCCH,且在子帧5的后续的N3个子帧上没有检测到MPDCCH时,终端确定子帧6上的MPDCCH发生了丢 失,N3为大于0的整数;此时,UE不发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;图12中,虚线表示不需要发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 12 . Here, the meaning of the DAI domain can be explained with reference to Table 5; the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 0 to the subframe 5, and receives the subframe M. When the MPDCCH with the value of the DAI field is 01 and the MPDCCH is not detected on the subsequent N3 subframes of the subframe 5, the terminal determines that the MPDCCH on the subframe 6 is lost. Loss, N3 is an integer greater than 0; at this time, the UE does not transmit the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; in FIG. 12, the broken line indicates that the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information does not need to be transmitted.
接收情况三:Receiving situation three:
设定至多4个PDSCH的HARQ-ACK应答信息在相同的上行子帧发送,即,绑定窗的最大值为4;终端接收的DAI域的值如图13所示,终端在子帧0到子帧6上均检测到对应的MPDCCH,且在子帧6上接收到DAI域的值为00的MPDCCH,且在子帧6的后续N4个子帧上均未检测到MPDCCH时,终端从接收的最后一个PDSCH所在的子帧开始,构造Y个绑定窗,Y为大于等于1的整数,每个绑定窗对应4个子帧,其中,N4为大于0的整数,绑定窗索引从最后一个MPDCCH对应的PDSCH所在的子帧开始;如图13所示,共有2个绑定窗,终端根据预设的定时关系,将绑定窗0(对应子帧5、子帧6、子帧7和子帧8)内PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在下一个无线帧子帧2上发送,将绑定窗1(对应子帧2、子帧3和子帧4)内PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在下一个无线帧子帧1上发送;这里,预设的定时关系为:在子帧n上接收最后一个PDSCH时,在子帧n+4-y上发送绑定窗y对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息,y=0,1,2,,,,Y-1;具体发送的HARQ-ACK信息的内容可以通过表2进行确定,需要说明的是,表2只是给出一个示例,本发明不排除其他设置发送HARQ-ACK信息的方式。The HARQ-ACK response information for setting up to 4 PDSCHs is transmitted in the same uplink subframe, that is, the maximum value of the binding window is 4; the value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 13, and the terminal is in subframe 0 to A corresponding MPDCCH is detected on the subframe 6, and an MPDCCH with a value of 00 in the DAI field is received on the subframe 6, and the MPDCCH is not detected on the subsequent N4 subframes of the subframe 6. Start with the last subframe where the PDSCH is located, construct Y binding windows, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and each binding window corresponds to 4 subframes, where N4 is an integer greater than 0, and the bound window index is from the last one. The subframe where the PDSCH corresponds to the MSCH starts; as shown in FIG. 13, there are two binding windows, and the terminal binds the window 0 according to the preset timing relationship (corresponding to the subframe 5, the subframe 6, the subframe 7, and the sub-frame). The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the PDSCH in the frame 8) is transmitted on the next radio frame subframe 2, and the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the PDSCH in the binding window 1 (corresponding to the subframe 2, the subframe 3, and the subframe 4) is below A radio frame is transmitted on subframe 1; here, the preset timing relationship is: when receiving the last PDSCH on subframe n, The frame HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the binding window y is transmitted on the frame n+4-y, y=0, 1, 2, 1,, Y-1; the content of the specifically transmitted HARQ-ACK information can be determined by Table 2. It should be noted that Table 2 only gives an example, and the present invention does not exclude other ways of setting the HARQ-ACK information.
接收情况四:Receiving situation four:
设定至多4个PDSCH的HARQ-ACK应答信息在相同的上行子帧发送,即,绑定窗的最大值为4;终端接收的DAI域的值如图14所示,终端在子帧0到子帧5上均检测到对应的MPDCCH,且在子帧5上接收到DAI域的值为01的MPDCCH,且在子帧5的后续N5个子帧上均未检测到MPDCCH时,终端确定只有最后一个MPDCCH丢失,即,终端可以确定上述S1个子帧的结束子帧为子帧6,;此时,终端从接收的最后一个PDSCH所在的子 帧开始,构造Y个绑定窗,Y为大于等于1的整数,每个绑定窗对应4个子帧,其中,N5为大于0的整数,绑定窗索引从最后一个MPDCCH对应的PDSCH所在的子帧开始;如图14所示,共有2个绑定窗,终端根据预设的定时关系,确定绑定窗0(对应子帧5、子帧6、子帧7和子帧8)内发生DTX,因此,终端不发送绑定窗0的对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息,图14中,虚线表示不需要发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;终端还可以根据预设的定时关系,将绑定窗1(对应子帧2、子帧3和子帧4)内PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在下一个无线帧子帧1上发送;这里,预设的定时关系为:在子帧n上接收最后一个PDSCH时,在子帧n+4-y上发送绑定窗y对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息,y=0,1,2,,,,Y-1;具体发送的HARQ-ACK信息的内容可以通过表2进行确定;需要说明的是,表2只是给出一个示例,本发明不排除其他确定发送的HARQ-ACK信息的方式。The HARQ-ACK response information for setting up to 4 PDSCHs is transmitted in the same uplink subframe, that is, the maximum value of the binding window is 4; the value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 14, and the terminal is in subframe 0 to The MPDCCH is detected on the subframe 5, and the MPDCCH with the value of the DAI field is 01 is received on the subframe 5, and the MPDCCH is not detected on the subsequent N5 subframes of the subframe 5. An MPDCCH is lost, that is, the terminal can determine that the end subframe of the foregoing S1 subframes is the subframe 6, and at this time, the terminal receives the last PDSCH from the sub-frame. At the beginning of the frame, Y binding windows are constructed, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and each binding window corresponds to 4 subframes, where N5 is an integer greater than 0, and the binding window index is from the PDSCH corresponding to the last MPDCCH. The subframe starts; as shown in FIG. 14, there are two binding windows, and the terminal determines that DTX occurs in the binding window 0 (corresponding to subframe 5, subframe 6, subframe 7, and subframe 8 according to the preset timing relationship). Therefore, the terminal does not send the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information of the binding window 0. In FIG. 14, the dotted line indicates that the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information does not need to be sent; the terminal may also bind the window according to the preset timing relationship. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the PDSCH in 1 (corresponding to subframe 2, subframe 3, and subframe 4) is transmitted on the next radio frame subframe 1; here, the preset timing relationship is: receiving the last one on subframe n In the case of the PDSCH, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the binding window y is transmitted on the subframe n+4-y, y=0, 1, 2, ,, Y-1; the content of the specifically transmitted HARQ-ACK information may be The determination is made by Table 2; it should be noted that Table 2 only gives an example, and the present invention does not exclude other HARQ-ACK information that determines the transmission. The way.
基站可以在下个无线帧子帧2上进行PUCCH检测,并根据检测结果确定PDSCH的传输,可选的,当基站没有检测到HARQ-ACK信息时,基站确定数据发送时发生了DTX,将调度的所有PDSCH重新发送,当基站检测到HARQ-ACK信息时,基站根据接收的HARQ-ACK信息确定PDSCH的发送情况,其中基站进行PUCCH检测、基站根接收的HARQ-ACK信息确定PDSCH的发送情况属于现有技术,这里不再赘述。The base station may perform PUCCH detection on the next radio frame subframe 2, and determine the transmission of the PDSCH according to the detection result. Optionally, when the base station does not detect the HARQ-ACK information, the base station determines that DTX occurs during data transmission, and the scheduling is performed. All the PDSCHs are retransmitted. When the base station detects the HARQ-ACK information, the base station determines the transmission status of the PDSCH according to the received HARQ-ACK information, where the base station performs PUCCH detection and the HARQ-ACK information received by the base station root determines that the PDSCH transmission status belongs to the current situation. There is technology, so I won't go into details here.
例如,设最多4个PDSCH的HARQ-ACK应答信息在相同子帧发送,基站在下个无线帧子帧1和子帧2上进行PUCCH检测,根据检测结果确定PDSCH的传输;可选的,当基站没有检测到HARQ-ACK信息时,基站确定数据发送时发生了DTX,将调度的所有PDSCH重新发送,当基站检测到HARQ-ACK信息时,基站根据接收的HARQ-ACK信息确定PDSCH的发送情况,其中基站进行PUCCH检测、基站根接收的HARQ-ACK信息确定PDSCH的发送情况属于现有技术,这里不再赘述。 For example, if the HARQ-ACK response information of up to 4 PDSCHs is transmitted in the same subframe, the base station performs PUCCH detection on the next radio frame subframe 1 and subframe 2, and determines the transmission of the PDSCH according to the detection result; optionally, when the base station does not have When the HARQ-ACK information is detected, the base station determines that DTX occurs during data transmission, and retransmits all the scheduled PDSCHs. When the base station detects the HARQ-ACK information, the base station determines the PDSCH transmission according to the received HARQ-ACK information, where The case where the base station performs the PUCCH detection and the HARQ-ACK information received by the base station to determine the transmission of the PDSCH belongs to the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
第八实施例Eighth embodiment
为了能更加体现本发明的目的,在本发明第一实施例的基础上,进行进一步的举例说明。In order to further embodies the object of the present invention, further exemplification will be made on the basis of the first embodiment of the present invention.
在本实施例中,基站可以通过FDD系统与终端进行通信,终端为半双工FDD终端;基站可以向终端发送下行信息、及所述下行信息对应的DCI,这里,基站在发送的DCI增加调度相关的控制域信息。In this embodiment, the base station can communicate with the terminal through the FDD system, and the terminal is a half-duplex FDD terminal; the base station can send the downlink information and the DCI corresponding to the downlink information to the terminal, where the base station increases the scheduling of the transmitted DCI. Related control domain information.
基站在DCI中新增加一个DAI域,DAI域包括第一子控制域和第二子控制域,其中,第一子控制域用于指示所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的数量,也就是说,第一子控制域用于指示所述S1个下行子帧内PDSCH和指示下行SPS释放的MPDCCH的数量;第二子控制域用于指示所述截止到当前下行信息已累积的下行信息的数量,也就是说,第二子控制域用于指示截止到当前PDSCH或当前指示下行SPS释放的MPDCCH时已累积的PDSCH和指示SPS释放的MPDCCH的数量,显然,终端接收的DCI中包括DAI域;这里,终端可以与基站预先约定DAI域所指示的内容。The base station adds a DAI domain to the DCI, where the DAI domain includes a first sub-control domain and a second sub-control domain, where the first sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, that is, The first sub-control field is used to indicate the number of the PDSCH in the S1 downlink subframes and the number of MPDCCHs in the downlink SPS release, and the second sub-control field is used to indicate the downlink information that has been accumulated to the current downlink information. The number, that is, the second sub-control field is used to indicate the PDSCH that has accumulated to the current PDSCH or the MPDCCH currently indicating the downlink SPS release, and the number of MPDCCHs that indicate the release of the SPS. Obviously, the DCI received by the terminal includes the DAI domain. Here, the terminal can pre-arrange the content indicated by the DAI domain with the base station.
下面通过一个具体实施例对本发明第七实施例进行示例说明。The seventh embodiment of the present invention will be exemplified below by way of a specific embodiment.
具体实施例13Specific embodiment 13
如图15所示,基站在子帧0、子帧1、子帧2、子帧3和子帧4上分别发送MPDCCH,在子帧2、子帧3、子帧4、子帧5和子帧6上分别发送对应的PDSCH,MPDCCH和对应PDSCH传输时重复次数为1;这里,DAI域的含义如表6和表7所示。As shown in FIG. 15, the base station transmits MPDCCH on subframe 0, subframe 1, subframe 2, subframe 3, and subframe 4, respectively, in subframe 2, subframe 3, subframe 4, subframe 5, and subframe 6. The corresponding PDSCH is sent separately, and the number of repetitions of the MPDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH transmission is 1; here, the meaning of the DAI domain is as shown in Table 6 and Table 7.
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000019
表6Table 6
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000020
表7Table 7
在终端侧,可以通过下面几种接收情况举例说明。On the terminal side, the following examples of receiving situations can be illustrated.
接收情况一:Receiving situation 1:
终端接收的DCI中DAI域的值如图15所示,终端在子帧0到子帧4上检测到对应的MPDCCH,且在子帧4上接收到第一子控制域的值为00的MPDCCH,且在在子帧4上接收到第二子控制域的值为00的MPDCCH,且在子帧4的后续N6个子帧上均未检测到MPDCCH时,终端确定子帧4上接收的所述MPDCCH对应的PDSCH为所述S1个下行子帧的最后一个PDSCH,N6为大于0的整数;此时,终端根据预设的定时关系,在下个无线帧子帧0上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;这里,预设的定时关系为:在子帧n上接收最后一个MPDCCH对应的PDSCH时,在子帧n+4上发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;The value of the DAI field in the DCI received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 15. The terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 0 to the subframe 4, and receives the MPDCCH with the value of the first sub-control field of 00 in the subframe 4. And when the MPDCCH with the value of 00 of the second sub-control field is received on the subframe 4, and the MPDCCH is not detected on the subsequent N6 subframes of the subframe 4, the terminal determines the received on the subframe 4. The PDSCH corresponding to the MPDCCH is the last PDSCH of the S1 downlink subframes, and N6 is an integer greater than 0. At this time, the terminal sends a corresponding HARQ-ACK response on the next radio frame subframe 0 according to a preset timing relationship. Information: Here, the preset timing relationship is: when the PDSCH corresponding to the last MPDCCH is received on the subframe n, the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is sent on the subframe n+4;
在一个可选的实施例中,具体发送的HARQ-ACK信息的内容可以通过 表4进行确定,需要说明的是,表4只是给出一个示例,本发明不排除其他HARQ-ACK信息和ACK个数组合方式。In an optional embodiment, the content of the specifically sent HARQ-ACK information may pass Table 4 performs the determination. It should be noted that Table 4 only gives an example, and the present invention does not exclude other HARQ-ACK information and ACK number combination.
在另一个可选的实施例中,具体发送HARQ-ACK信息可以通过将S1个下行子帧或下行子帧内下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息进行异或得到。In another optional embodiment, the specific sending of the HARQ-ACK information may be obtained by XORing the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframe or the downlink subframe.
接收情况二:Receiving situation 2:
终端接收的DAI域的值如图16所示,终端在子帧1到子帧3上检测到对应的MPDCCH,且在子帧3上接收到第一子控制域的值为00的MPDCCH,且在在子帧3上接收到第二子控制域的值为11的MPDCCH,且在子帧3的后续N7个子帧上均未检测到MPDCCH时,终端确定子帧4上的MPDCCH发生了丢失,N7为大于0的整数;另外,子帧1上接收的第二子控制域的值为01,终端确定子帧0上的MPDCCH发生了丢失,此时,终端不发送HARQ-ACK应答信息;图16中,虚线表示不需要发送HARQ-ACK应答信息。The value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 16 , the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 1 to the subframe 3, and receives the MPDCCH with the value of 00 in the first sub-control domain on the subframe 3, and When the MPDCCH with the value of the second sub-control field is 11 is received on the subframe 3, and the MPDCCH is not detected on the subsequent N7 subframes of the subframe 3, the terminal determines that the MPDCCH on the subframe 4 is lost. N7 is an integer greater than 0. In addition, the value of the second sub-control field received on the subframe 1 is 01, and the terminal determines that the MPDCCH on the subframe 0 is lost. At this time, the terminal does not send the HARQ-ACK response information; In 16, the dotted line indicates that it is not necessary to transmit HARQ-ACK response information.
接收情况三:Receiving situation three:
终端接收的DAI域的值如图17所示,终端在子帧1到子帧4上检测到对应的MPDCCH,且在子帧4上接收到第一子控制域的值为00的MPDCCH,且在在子帧4上接收到第二子控制域的值为00的MPDCCH,且在子帧4的后续N8个子帧上均未检测到MPDCCH时,终端确定子帧4上的MPDCCH发生了丢失,N8为大于0的整数;另外,子帧1上接收的第二子控制域的值为01,终端确定子帧0上的MPDCCH发生了丢失,此时,UE不发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;图17中,虚线表示不需要发送HARQ-ACK应答信息。The value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 17, the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 1 to the subframe 4, and receives the MPDCCH with the value of 00 in the first sub-control domain on the subframe 4, and When the MPDCCH with the value of 00 of the second sub-control field is received on the subframe 4, and the MPDCCH is not detected on the subsequent N8 subframes of the subframe 4, the terminal determines that the MPDCCH on the subframe 4 is lost. N8 is an integer greater than 0. In addition, the value of the second sub-control field received on the subframe 1 is 01, and the terminal determines that the MPDCCH on the subframe 0 is lost. At this time, the UE does not send the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information. In Fig. 17, the broken line indicates that the HARQ-ACK response information does not need to be transmitted.
基站可以在下个无线帧子帧0上进行PUCCH检测,并根据检测结果确定PDSCH的传输,可选的,当基站没有检测到HARQ-ACK信息时,基站 确定数据发送时发生了DTX,将调度的所有PDSCH重新发送,当基站检测到HARQ-ACK信息时,基站根据接收的HARQ-ACK信息确定PDSCH的发送情况,其中基站进行PUCCH检测、基站根接收的HARQ-ACK信息确定PDSCH的发送情况属于现有技术,这里不再赘述。The base station may perform PUCCH detection on the next radio frame subframe 0, and determine the PDSCH transmission according to the detection result. Optionally, when the base station does not detect the HARQ-ACK information, the base station Determining that DTX occurs when the data is transmitted, and all the PDSCHs that are scheduled are retransmitted. When the base station detects the HARQ-ACK information, the base station determines the transmission status of the PDSCH according to the received HARQ-ACK information, where the base station performs PUCCH detection and base station root reception. The HARQ-ACK information determines that the transmission of the PDSCH belongs to the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
第九实施例Ninth embodiment
为了能更加体现本发明的目的,在本发明第一实施例的基础上,进行进一步的举例说明。In order to further embodies the object of the present invention, further exemplification will be made on the basis of the first embodiment of the present invention.
在本实施例中,基站可以通过FDD系统与终端进行通信,终端为半双工FDD终端;基站可以向终端发送下行信息、及所述下行信息对应的DCI,这里,基站在发送的DCI增加调度相关的控制域信息。In this embodiment, the base station can communicate with the terminal through the FDD system, and the terminal is a half-duplex FDD terminal; the base station can send the downlink information and the DCI corresponding to the downlink information to the terminal, where the base station increases the scheduling of the transmitted DCI. Related control domain information.
基站在DCI中新增加一个DAI域,DAI域包括第三子控制域和第四子控制域,其中,第三子控制域用于指示截止到当前下行信息已累积的下行信息的数量,也就是说,第三子控制域用于指示截止到当前PDSCH或当前指示下行SPS释放的MPDCCH时已累积的PDSCH和指示下行SPS释放的MPDCCH的数量;第四子控制域用于指示所述下行信息所处的绑定窗,也就是说,第四子控制域用于指示当前PDSCH或当前指示下行SPS释放的MPDCCH所处的绑定窗;这里,终端可以与基站预先约定DAI域所指示的内容。The base station newly adds a DAI domain in the DCI, where the DAI domain includes a third sub-control domain and a fourth sub-control domain, wherein the third sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information that has accumulated up to the current downlink information, that is, The third sub-control field is used to indicate the PDSCH that has been accumulated to the current PDSCH or the MPDCCH that is currently indicated by the downlink SPS release, and the number of MPDCCHs that are released by the downlink SPS. The fourth sub-control field is used to indicate the downlink information. The binding window at the location, that is, the fourth sub-control field is used to indicate the binding window in which the current PDSCH or the MPDCCH currently indicating the downlink SPS release is located; here, the terminal may pre-agreed the content indicated by the DAI domain with the base station.
下面通过一个具体实施例对本发明第七实施例进行示例说明。The seventh embodiment of the present invention will be exemplified below by way of a specific embodiment.
具体实施例14Specific embodiment 14
如图18所示,基站在子帧0、子帧1、子帧2、子帧3和子帧4上分别发送MPDCCH,在子帧2、子帧3、子帧4、子帧5和子帧6上分别发送对应的PDSCH,MPDCCH和对应PDSCH传输时重复次数为1;这里,第三子控制域的含义如表8所示。As shown in FIG. 18, the base station transmits MPDCCH on subframe 0, subframe 1, subframe 2, subframe 3, and subframe 4, respectively, in subframe 2, subframe 3, subframe 4, subframe 5, and subframe 6. The corresponding PDSCH is sent separately, and the number of repetitions of the MPDCCH and the corresponding PDSCH transmission is 1; here, the meaning of the third sub-control domain is as shown in Table 8.
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000022
表8Table 8
这里,任意连续J个MPDCCH的第四子控制域的值相同时,表示所述任意连续JMPDCCH处在同一个绑定窗,本实施例中,将绑定窗的大小设置为4。Here, when the values of the fourth sub-control fields of any of the consecutive J MPDCCHs are the same, it indicates that the arbitrarily consecutive JM PDCCHs are in the same binding window. In this embodiment, the size of the binding window is set to 4.
在终端侧,可以通过下面几种接收情况举例说明。On the terminal side, the following examples of receiving situations can be illustrated.
接收情况一:Receiving situation 1:
终端接收的DCI中DAI域的值如图18所示,终端在子帧0、子帧2、子帧3和子帧4上检测到对应的MPDCCH,在子帧1上未检测到对应的MPDCCH,在子帧0上接收到第三子控制域的值为00的MPDCCH,在子帧1上未接收到第三子控制域的值,且在子帧2上接收到第三子控制域的值为10的MPDCCH时,终端确定数据发送时发生了DTX,终端不发送对应HARQ-ACK应答信息;图18中,虚线表示不需要发送HARQ-ACK应答信息。The value of the DAI field in the DCI received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 18. The terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 0, the subframe 2, the subframe 3, and the subframe 4, and does not detect the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 1. Receiving, on subframe 0, an MPDCCH having a value of 00 in the third sub-control field, not receiving the value of the third sub-control field on subframe 1, and receiving the value of the third sub-control field on subframe 2. When the MPDCCH is 10, the terminal determines that DTX occurs when data is transmitted, and the terminal does not transmit the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; in FIG. 18, the broken line indicates that the HARQ-ACK response information does not need to be transmitted.
接收情况二:Receiving situation 2:
终端接收的DCI中DAI域的值如图19所示,终端在子帧0到子帧4上检测到对应的MPDCCH,且在子帧0到子帧3上接收到的第三子控制域的值分别为00、01、10和11时,终端确定前4帧没有发生DTX;终端在 子帧0上接收的第四子控制域的值为0,且在子帧1、子帧2、和子帧3上接收的第四子控制域的值为1,此时,终端确定需要设置两个绑定窗;The value of the DAI field in the DCI received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 19, and the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 0 to the subframe 4, and receives the third sub-control domain on the subframe 0 to the subframe 3. When the values are 00, 01, 10, and 11, respectively, the terminal determines that DTX does not occur in the first 4 frames; the terminal is in The value of the fourth sub-control field received on the subframe 0 is 0, and the value of the fourth sub-control field received on the subframe 1, the subframe 2, and the subframe 3 is 1. At this time, the terminal determines that two settings need to be set. Binding window
由于终端在子帧1、子帧2和子帧3上接收的第四子控制域的值相同,且确定只有三个子帧上接收的第四子控制域的值相同,第四子控制域的值相同的子帧数/下行信息数小于绑定窗大小4,因此,终端确定最后一个MPDCCH发生了丢失,终端不发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;图19中,虚线表示不需要发送HARQ-ACK应答信息。Since the values of the fourth sub-control field received by the terminal on subframe 1, subframe 2, and subframe 3 are the same, and it is determined that the values of the fourth sub-control domain received on only three subframes are the same, the value of the fourth sub-control domain The same number of subframes/downlink information is smaller than the binding window size 4. Therefore, the terminal determines that the last MPDCCH is lost, and the terminal does not send the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; in FIG. 19, the dotted line indicates that the HARQ-ACK is not required to be sent. Answer the message.
接收情况三:Receiving situation three:
终端接收的DAI域的值如图20所示,终端在子帧0到子帧4上均检测到对应的MPDCCH,且在子帧0到子帧4上接收到的第三子控制域的值分别为00、01、10、11和00时,终端确定前5帧没有发生DTX;终端在子帧0上接收的第四子控制域的值为0,且在子帧1、子帧2、子帧3和子帧4上接收的第四子控制域的值为1,此时,终端确定需要设置两个绑定窗;The value of the DAI field received by the terminal is as shown in FIG. 20, and the terminal detects the corresponding MPDCCH on the subframe 0 to the subframe 4, and the value of the third sub-control domain received on the subframe 0 to the subframe 4. When 00, 01, 10, 11 and 00 respectively, the terminal determines that DTX does not occur in the first 5 frames; the value of the fourth sub-control field received by the terminal in subframe 0 is 0, and in subframe 1, subframe 2, The value of the fourth sub-control field received on the subframe 3 and the subframe 4 is 1. At this time, the terminal determines that two binding windows need to be set;
由于终端在子帧1、子帧2、子帧3和子帧4上接收的第四子控制域的值相同,且确定有四个子帧上接收的第四子控制域的值相同,第四子控制域的值相同的子帧数等于绑定窗大小4,因此,终端确定最后一个MPDCCH未发生DTX,此时,终端可以根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。Since the values of the fourth sub-control field received by the terminal on the subframe 1, the subframe 2, the subframe 3, and the subframe 4 are the same, and the values of the fourth sub-control field received on the four subframes are determined to be the same, the fourth sub- The number of subframes in which the value of the control domain is the same is equal to the size of the binding window. Therefore, the terminal determines that the last MPDCCH does not generate DTX. In this case, the terminal may send the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule. The response information or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes.
基站可以在下个无线帧子帧0上进行PUCCH检测,并根据检测结果确定PDSCH的传输,可选的,当基站没有检测到HARQ-ACK信息时,基站确定数据发送时发生了DTX,将调度的所有PDSCH重新发送,当基站检测到HARQ-ACK信息时,基站根据接收的HARQ-ACK信息确定PDSCH的发送情况,其中基站进行PUCCH检测、基站根接收的HARQ-ACK信息确定PDSCH的发送情况属于现有技术,这里不再赘述。 The base station may perform PUCCH detection on the next radio frame subframe 0, and determine the PDSCH transmission according to the detection result. Optionally, when the base station does not detect the HARQ-ACK information, the base station determines that DTX occurs during data transmission, and the scheduling is performed. All the PDSCHs are retransmitted. When the base station detects the HARQ-ACK information, the base station determines the transmission status of the PDSCH according to the received HARQ-ACK information, where the base station performs PUCCH detection and the HARQ-ACK information received by the base station root determines that the PDSCH transmission status belongs to the current situation. There is technology, so I won't go into details here.
第十实施例Tenth embodiment
在本发明第一实施例的基础上,本发明第十实施例对将所述S1个下行子帧或S1个下行子帧中的下行信息划分至Y个绑定窗的方法进行了举例说明。On the basis of the first embodiment of the present invention, the tenth embodiment of the present invention exemplifies a method for dividing downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or S1 downlink subframes into Y binding windows.
终端根据预定义的方式和/或调度PDSCH将S1个下行子帧或S1个下行子帧中的下行信息划分至Y个绑定窗;下面给出具体实施例:The terminal divides downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes into Y binding windows according to a predefined manner and/or scheduling the PDSCH; a specific embodiment is given below:
具体实施例一 Specific embodiment 1
按照预定义的方式划分绑定窗,其中预定义的方式为从最后一个PDSCH所在的下行子帧开始,固定以s个下行子帧上的PDSCH组成一个绑定窗,其中d,s为预定义的值;如图21所示,固定以4个下行子帧上的PDSCH组成一个绑定窗The binding window is divided in a predefined manner, where the predefined manner is that the PDSCH on the s downlink subframes is fixed to form a binding window starting from the downlink subframe where the last PDSCH is located, where d, s is predefined. The value is as shown in FIG. 21, and the PDSCH on the four downlink subframes is fixed to form a binding window.
具体实施例二 Specific embodiment 2
按照预定义的方式划分绑定窗,其中预定义的方式为预定的模式,假设连续用于下行传输的子帧个数最大为10,那么预定义的模式为{子帧0,子帧1,子帧2,子帧3}上的PDSCH组成第1个绑定窗,{子帧4,子帧5,子帧6}上的PDSCH组成第2个绑定窗,{子帧7,子帧8,子帧9}上的PDSCH组成第3个绑定窗;如图22所示,UE按照预定的模式将下行子帧上的PDSCH组成3个绑定窗,即{子帧0}上的PDSCH为1个绑定窗,{子帧1,子帧2,子帧3}上的PDSCH为1个绑定窗,{子帧4,子帧5,子帧6}上的PDSCH为1个绑定窗The binding window is divided in a predefined manner, where the predefined mode is a predetermined mode, and if the number of consecutive subframes for downlink transmission is at most 10, the predefined mode is {subframe 0, subframe 1, Subframe 2, the PDSCH on the subframe 3} constitutes the first binding window, and the PDSCH on the {subframe 4, subframe 5, and subframe 6} constitutes the second binding window, {subframe 7, subframe 8. The PDSCH on the subframe 9} constitutes a third binding window. As shown in FIG. 22, the UE combines the PDSCHs in the downlink subframe into three binding windows according to a predetermined pattern, that is, on the {subframe 0}. The PDSCH is a binding window, and the PDSCH on the sub-frame 1, the sub-frame 2, and the sub-frame 3 is one binding window, and the PDSCH on the sub-frame 4, the sub-frame 5, and the sub-frame 6 is one. Binding window
当连续用于下行传输的子帧个数最大值不同时,预定义的模式不同,例如最大个数为11,那么预定义的模式为{4,4,3},此时UE按照预定义的模式上下行子帧上的PDSCH组成2个绑定窗,即{子帧0,子帧1,子帧2,子帧3}上的PDSCH为1个绑定窗,{子帧4,子帧5,子帧6}上的PDSCH为1个绑定窗;最大个数为5时,预定义的模式为{2,3},最大个数为6时,预定义的模式为{3,3};最大个数为7时,预定义的模式为{4,3},最大个数为8时,预定义的模式为{4,4}或{2,3,3},最大个数为9时,预定义的模式为 {3,3,3};When the maximum number of subframes used for downlink transmission is different, the predefined modes are different, for example, the maximum number is 11, then the predefined mode is {4, 4, 3}, and the UE is according to a predefined The PDSCH on the uplink and downlink subframes of the mode constitutes two binding windows, that is, the PDSCH on the sub-frame 0, the sub-frame 1, the sub-frame 2, and the sub-frame 3 is a binding window, and the sub-frame is sub-framed. 5, the PDSCH on the subframe 6} is a binding window; when the maximum number is 5, the predefined mode is {2, 3}, and when the maximum number is 6, the predefined mode is {3, 3 }; When the maximum number is 7, the predefined mode is {4, 3}, and when the maximum number is 8, the predefined mode is {4, 4} or {2, 3, 3}, and the maximum number is At 9 o'clock, the predefined mode is {3,3,3};
具体实施例三 Concrete embodiment 3
按照预定义的方式划分绑定窗,其中预定义的方式为或者从最后一个PDSCH所在的下行子帧开始依次将各个下行子帧对应到Y个上行子帧,每个上行子帧上对应的多个下行子帧上的PDSCH组成1个绑定窗;如图23所示,子帧6对应到上行子帧0,子帧5对应到上行子帧9;子帧4对应到上行子帧8;子帧3对应到上行子帧0,子帧2对应到上行子帧9,子帧1对应到上行子帧8,子帧0对应上行子帧9;The binding window is divided in a predefined manner, where the predefined manner is that the downlink subframes are corresponding to the Y uplink subframes, and the corresponding uplink subframes are corresponding to the downlink subframes in which the last PDSCH is located. The PDSCH on the downlink subframes constitutes one binding window; as shown in FIG. 23, the subframe 6 corresponds to the uplink subframe 0, the subframe 5 corresponds to the uplink subframe 9; and the subframe 4 corresponds to the uplink subframe 8; The sub-frame 3 corresponds to the uplink sub-frame 0, the sub-frame 2 corresponds to the uplink sub-frame 9, the sub-frame 1 corresponds to the uplink sub-frame 8, and the sub-frame 0 corresponds to the uplink sub-frame 9;
具体实施例四 Concrete embodiment 4
根据预定义的方式和调度的PDSCH划分绑定窗,具体为:其中从最后一个调度的PDSCH开始,固定以d个调度的PDSCH组成一个绑定窗;此时需要基站和终端对调度的PDSCH理解一致The binding window is divided according to the pre-defined manner and the scheduled PDSCH. Specifically, the PDSCH is fixed to form a binding window from the last scheduled PDSCH. In this case, the base station and the terminal need to understand the scheduled PDSCH. Consistent
具体实施例五 Specific embodiment 5
根据预定义的方式和调度的PDSCH划分绑定窗,具体为:从最后一个调度PDSCH开始依次将调度的PDSCH对应到Y个上行子帧,此时需要基站和终端对调度的PDSCH理解一致;The binding window is configured according to the pre-defined manner and the scheduled PDSCH. Specifically, the scheduled PDSCH is corresponding to the Y uplink subframes from the last scheduled PDSCH, and the base station and the terminal need to understand the scheduled PDSCH.
具体实施例六 Concrete embodiment 6
根据预定义的方式和调度的PDSCH总数划分绑定窗,具体为The binding window is divided according to a predefined manner and the total number of PDSCHs scheduled, specifically
假设调度的PDSCH总数为2,那么将第1个PDSCH映射到绑定窗1,第2个PDSCH映射到绑定窗2;Assuming that the total number of scheduled PDSCHs is 2, then the first PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 1, and the second PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 2;
假设调度的PDSCH总数为3,那么将第1个PDSCH映射到绑定窗0,第2个PDSCH映射到绑定窗1,第3个PDSCH映射到绑定窗2;Assuming that the total number of PDSCHs scheduled is 3, the first PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 0, the second PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 1, and the third PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 2;
假设调度的PDSCH总数为4,那么将第1个和第2个PDSCH映射到绑定窗0,第3个PDSCH映射到绑定窗1,第4个PDSCH映射到绑定窗2;Assuming that the total number of scheduled PDSCHs is 4, the first and second PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 0, the third PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 1, and the fourth PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 2;
假设调度的PDSCH总数为5,那么将第1个和第2个PDSCH映射到绑定窗0,第3个和第4个PDSCH映射到绑定窗1,第5个PDSCH映射到绑定窗2; Assuming that the total number of scheduled PDSCHs is 5, the first and second PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 0, the third and fourth PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 1, and the fifth PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 2 ;
假设调度的PDSCH总数为6,那么将第1个和第2个PDSCH映射到绑定窗0,第3个和第4个PDSCH映射到绑定窗1,第5个和第6个PDSCH映射到绑定窗2;Assuming that the total number of PDSCHs scheduled is 6, then the 1st and 2nd PDSCHs are mapped to Binding Window 0, the 3rd and 4th PDSCHs are mapped to Binding Window 1, and the 5th and 6th PDSCHs are mapped to Binding window 2;
假设调度的PDSCH总数为7,那么将第1个,第2个和第3个PDSCH映射到绑定窗0,第4个和第5个PDSCH映射到绑定窗1,第6个和第7个PDSCH映射到绑定窗2;Assuming that the total number of PDSCHs scheduled is 7, then the first, second, and third PDSCHs are mapped to Binding Window 0, and the 4th and 5th PDSCHs are mapped to Binding Window 1, 6th, and 7th. PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 2;
假设调度PDSCH总数为8,那么将第1个,第2个和第3个PDSCH映射到绑定窗0,第4个,第5个和第6个PDSCH映射到绑定窗1,第7个和第8个PDSCH映射到绑定窗2;Assuming that the total number of scheduled PDSCHs is 8, then the first, second, and third PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 0, and the fourth, fifth, and sixth PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 1, the seventh. And the 8th PDSCH is mapped to the binding window 2;
假设调度PDSCH总数为9,那么将第1个,第2个和第3个PDSCH映射到绑定窗0,第4个,第5个和第6个PDSCH映射到绑定窗1,第7个,第8个和第9个PDSCH映射到绑定窗2;Assuming that the total number of scheduled PDSCHs is 9, the first, second, and third PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 0, and the fourth, fifth, and sixth PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 1, the seventh. , the 8th and 9th PDSCH are mapped to the binding window 2;
假设调度PDSCH总数为10,那么将第1个,第2个,第3个和第4个PDSCH映射到绑定窗0,第5个,第6个和第7个PDSCH映射到绑定窗1,第8个,第9个和第10个PDSCH映射到绑定窗2;Assuming that the total number of scheduled PDSCHs is 10, the first, second, third, and fourth PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 0, and the fifth, sixth, and seventh PDSCHs are mapped to the binding window 1. , the eighth, the ninth and tenth PDSCH are mapped to the binding window 2;
具体实施例三到具体实施例五中,需要根据调度的PDSCH确定,此时需要UE判断出调度的PDSCH个数,可以采用现有的技术,例如DCI中增加DAI来协助UE判断,具体属于现有技术,这里不再赘述。The specific embodiment 3 to the specific embodiment 5 need to be determined according to the scheduled PDSCH. In this case, the UE needs to determine the number of scheduled PDSCHs, and the existing technology may be used, for example, adding DAI in the DCI to assist the UE in determining, specifically belonging to the present There is technology, so I won't go into details here.
第十一实施例Eleventh embodiment
本发明第十一实施例对终端发送HARQ-ACK应答信息的方法进行了举例说明。An eleventh embodiment of the present invention exemplifies a method for a terminal to transmit HARQ-ACK response information.
图24本发明实施例中终端发送HARQ-ACK应答信息的方法的流程图,如图24所示,该流程包括:FIG. 24 is a flowchart of a method for a terminal to send HARQ-ACK response information according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 24, the process includes:
步骤1001:终端根据信令和/或传输规则确定HARQ-ACK应答信息的发送方式;Step 1001: The terminal determines, according to the signaling and/or the transmission rule, a manner of sending the HARQ-ACK response information.
示例地,在步骤1001中,终端根据信令和/或传输规则确定HARQ-ACK 应答信息的发送方式包含:For example, in step 1001, the terminal determines HARQ-ACK according to signaling and/or transmission rules. How to send the response message includes:
假设窄带物联网NB-IoT系统中下行支持2个HARQ进程,DCI中指示的2个窄带物理下行共享信道(NPDSCH)对应的反馈定时分别为k1,k2,即在NPDSCH i的结束子帧为子帧oi,那么对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息(在窄带物理上行共享信道格式2上发送)在子帧oi+ki上发送,i=1,2。Assume that the narrowband IoT NB-IoT system supports two HARQ processes in the downlink, and the feedback timings of the two narrowband physical downlink shared channels (NPDSCH) indicated in the DCI are respectively k1, k2, that is, the end subframe of the NPDSCH i is a sub-frame. For frame oi, the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information (sent on narrowband physical uplink shared channel format 2) is transmitted on subframe oi+ki, i=1, 2.
UE可以根据高层信令确定2个NPDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在相同子帧发送还是在不同的子帧发送;如果信令指示在不同子帧发送,UE按照DCI指示的反馈定时k1和k2在对应的子帧上分别发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;如果信令指示在相同的子帧发送,终端在同一子帧上发送2个NPDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;The UE may determine, according to the high layer signaling, that the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the two NPDSCHs is sent in the same subframe or in different subframes; if the signaling indicates that the packets are transmitted in different subframes, the UE follows the feedback timings k1 and k2 indicated by the DCI. Transmitting corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the corresponding subframes; if the signaling indication is transmitted in the same subframe, the terminal sends two HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the NPDSCH in the same subframe;
或者,UE根据DCI指示的HARQ-ACK反馈定时确定2个NPDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息需要在同一子帧发送,UE在同一子帧上发送2个NPDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则按照DCI指示的反馈定时k1和k2,在对应的子帧上分别发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;Or, the UE determines that the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the two NPDSCHs needs to be sent in the same subframe according to the HARQ-ACK feedback timing indicated by the DCI, and the UE sends the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the two NPDSCHs in the same subframe; The feedback timings k1 and k2 indicated by the DCI respectively send corresponding HARQ-ACK response information on the corresponding subframes;
或者,UE根据DCI指示HARQ-ACK反馈定时确定HARQ-ACK应答信息所在的子帧和根据DCI指示的NPDSCH的调度定时所在的子帧重叠或部分子帧重叠,UE在同一子帧上发送2个NPDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,UE按照DCI指示的反馈定时k1和k2,在对应的子帧上分别发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;Or, the UE determines that the subframe in which the HARQ-ACK response information is located according to the DCI-ACK feedback timing of the HARQ-ACK feedback timing overlaps with a subframe in which the scheduling timing of the NPDSCH indicated by the DCI is overlapped or a partial subframe overlap, and the UE transmits two subframes in the same subframe. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the NPDSCH; otherwise, the UE respectively sends the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the corresponding subframe according to the feedback timings k1 and k2 indicated by the DCI;
或者,如果两个进程中NPDSCH对应的NPDCCH位于相同的搜索空间,那么UE在同一子帧上发送2个NPDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则UE按照DCI指示的反馈定时k1和k2,在对应的子帧上分别发送对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;其中,NPDCCH位于相同的搜索空间包含,两个进程中NPDCCH对应的候选集位于相同的子帧,或者位于连续的子帧;或者相差的子帧个数小于预定义的值。 Or, if the NPDCCH corresponding to the NPDSCH in the two processes is located in the same search space, the UE sends two HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the NPDSCH in the same subframe; otherwise, the UE responds according to the feedback timings k1 and k2 indicated by the DCI. Corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is respectively sent on the subframes, where the NPDCCHs are located in the same search space, and the candidate sets corresponding to the NPDCCHs in the two processes are located in the same subframe, or in consecutive subframes; The number of frames is less than a predefined value.
其中,UE在同一子帧上发送2个NPDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息时,所述子帧根据2个反馈定时k1和k2中的最大值确定;或者;根据k1和k2中的最小值确定;或者根据预先设定的值确定。When the UE transmits two HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the NPDSCH in the same subframe, the subframe is determined according to a maximum value of the two feedback timings k1 and k2; or; determining according to the minimum value of k1 and k2 Or determined according to a preset value.
步骤1002:终端根据确定的发送方式发送HARQ-ACK信息;Step 1002: The terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined sending manner.
UE在同一子帧上发送2个NPDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息时,具体的HARQ-ACK信息通过以下方式至少之一确定:When the UE sends two HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the NPDSCH in the same subframe, the specific HARQ-ACK information is determined by at least one of the following methods:
方式一:HARQ-ACK信息通过将2个NPDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息绑定获得,即将2个HARQ-ACK应答信息异或。Manner 1: The HARQ-ACK information is obtained by binding the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the two NPDSCHs, that is, the two HARQ-ACK response information are XORed.
方式二:HARQ-ACK信息通过表9确定:Manner 2: The HARQ-ACK information is determined by Table 9:
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000023
表9Table 9
其中,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000025
表示HARQ-ACK应答信息发送时使用的PUCCH信道资源,表9中给出一种使用发送时使用的资源和发送时的信息组合表示HARQ-ACK应答信息的示例,不排除其他组合方式。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000024
with
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000025
The PUCCH channel resource used for transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information is indicated. Table 9 shows an example of using the combination of the resource used for transmission and the information at the time of transmission to represent the HARQ-ACK response information, and other combinations are not excluded.
第十二实施例Twelfth embodiment
本发明第十一实施例提供了一种上行控制信息的发送装置,图25为本发明实施例上行控制信息的发送装置的组成结构示意图,如图25所示,该装置包括接收模块901和发送模块902;其中, An eleventh embodiment of the present invention provides a device for transmitting uplink control information, and FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 25, the device includes a receiving module 901 and transmitting Module 902; wherein
接收模块901,配置为从子帧索引为n0的下行子帧开始在S1个下行子帧接收下行信息;The receiving module 901 is configured to receive downlink information in S1 downlink subframes from a downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 ;
发送模块902,配置为根据所述下行信息和对应混合自动重传请求HARQ-确认ACK应答信息的定时关系,在S2个上行子帧上发送所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;其中,
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000026
Qi为第i个HARQ-ACK应答信息传输时对应的子帧个数。
The sending module 902 is configured to send the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S2 uplink subframes according to the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information), where
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000026
Q i is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK response information.
所述子帧索引为n0的子帧是:预设的子帧或信令指示的子帧。The subframe whose subframe index is n 0 is: a preset subframe or a subframe indicated by signaling.
这里,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据预定义的规则确定的所述S1个下行子帧和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系,其中,所述S1的值为预设值,或者S1的值等于最大下行进程数,或者S1的值为信令配置的值。Here, the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: a timing relationship between the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframes corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information determined according to a predefined rule, where The value of S1 is a preset value, or the value of S1 is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of S1 is a value configured by signaling.
进一步地,所述发送模块902,还配置为根据下行信息对应的最后一个子帧在S1个子帧中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个上行子帧中的位置。Further, the sending module 902 is further configured to determine, according to the location of the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 subframes, and the determined timing relationship, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information is The position in S2 uplink subframes.
可选的,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据预定义的规则确定的S1个下行子帧中N个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系;其中所述
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000027
Pj为第j个下行信息传输时对应的子帧个数,N的值为预设值,或者N的值等于最大下行进程数,或者N的值为信令配置的值。
Optionally, the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: between the N downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the uplink subframe in which the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information is located according to the predefined rule. Timing relationship;
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000027
P j is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the jth downlink information, and the value of N is a preset value, or the value of N is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of N is a value configured by signaling.
进一步地,所述发送模块902,还配置为根据每个下行信息在N个下行信息中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定对应HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个上行子帧中的位置。Further, the sending module 902 is further configured to determine, according to the location of each downlink information in the N downlink information, and the determined timing relationship, the location of the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S2 uplink subframes. .
可选的,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据S1的值和下行信息传输所占的下行子帧个数确定所述S1个下行子帧 包含的下行信息个数G,根据预定义的规则确定G个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系,其中S1的值为预设值或信令指示的值。Optionally, the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information includes: determining, according to the value of S1 and the number of downlink subframes occupied by the downlink information transmission, the S1 downlink subframes. The number of downlink information G is included, and the timing relationship between the G downlink information and the uplink subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is determined according to a predefined rule, where the value of S1 is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling.
所述发送模块,还配置为根据每个下行信息在G个下行信息中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定对应HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个子帧中的位置。The sending module is further configured to determine, according to a location of each downlink information in the G downlink information, and the determined timing relationship, a location of the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S2 subframes.
所述接收模块,还配置为接收所述下行信息对应的下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI中包含第一控制域信息;且所述第一控制域信息为所述DCI中新增加的下行分配指示DAI域,其中,所述DAI域用于指示以下至少之一:The receiving module is further configured to receive downlink control information (DCI) corresponding to the downlink information, where the DCI includes first control domain information; and the first control domain information is a newly added downlink allocation indication in the DCI. a DAI domain, wherein the DAI domain is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述下行信息是否位于所述S1个下行子帧中的最后一个、所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置、所述下行信息相对于所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置的偏移、所述下行信息所处的绑定窗、所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的数量、截止到当前下行信息已累积的下行信息的数量;其中,所述绑定窗由至少一个下行子帧或下行信息组成。Whether the downlink information is located in the last one of the S1 downlink subframes, the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, and the offset of the downlink information with respect to the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, The binding window in which the downlink information is located, the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and the number of downlink information that has accumulated in the current downlink information; wherein the binding window is configured by at least one downlink subframe or Downstream information composition.
所述接收模块901,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;The receiving module 901 is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
所述发送模块902,还配置为根据接收的最后一个下行信息对应的DAI域确定所述下行信息是S1个下行子帧的最后一个时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息和对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module 902 is further configured to: when the downlink information is determined as the last one of the S1 downlink subframes according to the received DAI field corresponding to the last downlink information, send the S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule. The HARQ-ACK response information or the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlinks are not transmitted. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the subframe.
所述接收模块901,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;The receiving module 901 is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
所述发送模块902,还配置为接收的最后一个下行信息的位置和所述DAI域指示的S1个下行子帧的结束位置相同时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行 信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module 902 is further configured to: when the location of the last downlink information received is the same as the end location of the S1 downlink subframes indicated by the DAI domain, send the corresponding S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule. HARQ-ACK response information or downlink in the S1 downlink subframes The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the information; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes are not transmitted.
所述接收模块901,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;The receiving module 901 is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
所述发送模块902,还配置为根据接收到的最后一个下行信息对应的DAI域的值确定所述下行信息相对于S1个下行子帧结束位置没有偏移时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module 902 is further configured to: according to the value of the DAI field corresponding to the received last downlink information, determine that the downlink information is not offset from the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, and send the according to a predefined rule. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes.
所述DAI域包括第一子控制域和第二子控制域,其中,第一子控制域用于指示所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的数量,第二子控制域用于指示所述到当前下行信息为止已累积的下行信息的数量;The DAI domain includes a first sub-control domain and a second sub-control domain, where the first sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and the second sub-control domain is used to indicate the The amount of downlink information accumulated up to the current downlink information;
所述接收模块901,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;The receiving module 901 is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
所述发送模块902,还配置为根据接收到的所有DAI域确定所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的个数和每个下行信息在所述S1个下行子帧内的位置,并根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module 902 is further configured to determine, according to all received DAI domains, the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the location of each downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and according to the pre- The defined rule sends the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes.
所述DAI域包括第三子控制域和第四子控制域,其中,第三子控制域用于指示截止到当前下行信息已累积的下行信息的数量,第四子控制域用于指示所述下行信息所处的绑定窗;The DAI domain includes a third sub-control domain, where the third sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information that has been accumulated to the current downlink information, and the fourth sub-control domain is used to indicate the The binding window where the downlink information is located;
所述接收模块901,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;The receiving module 901 is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
所述发送模块902,还配置为根据接收到的所有第三子控制域第一次判断是否发生了非连续传输DTX,在第一次判断的结果为发生DTX时,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中 下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;在第一次判断的结果为未发生DTX时,根据接收到的第四子控制域第二次判断是否发生DTX,在第二次判断的结果为发生DTX时,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;在第二次判断的结果为未发生DTX时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module 902 is further configured to determine, according to the received third sub-control domain, whether the discontinuous transmission DTX has occurred for the first time, and when the first judgment result is that the DTX occurs, the S1 downlink is not sent. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the subframe or the S1 downlink subframes The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information; when the first judgment result is that DTX does not occur, the DTX is determined according to the received fourth sub-control field for the second time, and the result of the second judgment is that DTX occurs. And not transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; when the second determination result is that no DTX occurs, And transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule.
所述预定义的规则为以下至少之一:第一规则、第二规则;所述第一规则为:所述下行子帧/所述下行信息对应的最后一个子帧和HARQ-ACK应答信息对应的第一个子帧之间的间隔子帧数满足大于预设值L的最小值;所述第二规则为:任意两个上行子帧上的HARQ-ACK应答信息个数之差小于等于预设值F;The predefined rule is at least one of the following: a first rule, a second rule; the first rule is: the last subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe/the downlink information and the HARQ-ACK response information The number of interval subframes between the first subframes satisfies a minimum value greater than a preset value L; the second rule is: the difference between the number of HARQ-ACK response information on any two uplink subframes is less than or equal to Set the value F;
或者,所述预定义的规则为:所述S1个下行子帧或S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧ns+f上发送,ns为S1个下行子帧中最后一个子帧的子帧索引或最后一个下行信息的最后一个子帧对应的子帧索引,f为预先设定的值或者信令指示的值;Alternatively, the predefined rule is: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes is sent on the subframe n s +f, and n s is the S1 downlink subframes. a subframe index of the last subframe in the frame or a subframe index corresponding to the last subframe of the last downlink information, where f is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling;
或者,所述装置还包括划分模块,所述划分模块,还配置为将所述S1个下行子帧或S1个下行子帧中的下行信息划分至Y个绑定窗,Y大于等于1,相应地,所述预定义的规则为:绑定窗y对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧ns+f-y上发送;其中,绑定窗y为S1个下行子帧中倒数第y+1个绑定窗,每个绑定窗所包含的下行子帧或下行信息的个数不超过4,0≤y≤Y-1。Or the device further includes a dividing module, where the dividing module is further configured to divide the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes into Y binding windows, where Y is greater than or equal to 1, corresponding to The pre-defined rule is that the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the binding window y is sent on the subframe n s +fy; wherein the binding window y is the last y+1th of the S1 downlink subframes Binding window, the number of downlink subframes or downlink information included in each binding window does not exceed 4, 0 ≤ y ≤ Y-1.
所述M的值为预设值,或者M的值根据S1和预设值K确定,或者M的值根据S1下行子帧中包含的下行信息个数和预设值K确定。The value of M is a preset value, or the value of M is determined according to S1 and the preset value K, or the value of M is determined according to the number of downlink information and the preset value K included in the downlink subframe of the S1.
所述发送模块还配置为根据信令和/或传输规则确定HARQ-ACK应答 信息的发送方式,终端根据确定的发送方式发送HARQ-ACK信息。The transmitting module is further configured to determine a HARQ-ACK response according to signaling and/or transmission rules The manner in which the information is transmitted, the terminal transmits the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined transmission manner.
在实际应用中,所述接收模块901和发送模块902均可由位于AAA服务器中的中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、微处理器(Micro Processor Unit,MPU)、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、或现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)等实现。In practical applications, the receiving module 901 and the sending module 902 can each be a Central Processing Unit (CPU), a Micro Processor Unit (MPU), and a Digital Signal Processor (Digital Signal) located in the AAA server. Processor, DSP), or Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) implementation.
第十二实施例Twelfth embodiment
本发明第十二实施例提供了一种终端,该终端包括本发明第十一实施例中的任意一种上行控制信息的发送装置。A twelfth embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, which includes any one of the uplink control information transmitting apparatuses in the eleventh embodiment of the present invention.
本发明实施例上述上行控制信息的发送装置如果以软件功能模块的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,也可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机、服务器、或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM,Read Only Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。这样,本发明实施例不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件结合。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the uplink control information transmitting apparatus is implemented in the form of a software function module and sold or used as an independent product, it may also be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the embodiments of the present invention may be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including a plurality of instructions. A computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) is caused to perform all or part of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a USB flash drive, a mobile hard disk, a read only memory (ROM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk. Thus, embodiments of the invention are not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
相应地,本发明实施例还提供一种存储介质,其中存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序用于执行本发明实施例的上行控制信息的发送方法。Correspondingly, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a storage medium, wherein a computer program is stored, and the computer program is used to execute the method for transmitting uplink control information in the embodiment of the present invention.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本发明的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本发明可采用硬件实施例、软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器和光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention can take the form of a hardware embodiment, a software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage and optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序 产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present invention is directed to a method, apparatus (system), and computer program in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention The flow chart and/or block diagram of the product is described. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
以上所述,仅为本发明的较佳实施例而已,并非用于限定本发明的保护范围。The above is only the preferred embodiment of the present invention and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention.
工业实用性Industrial applicability
本发明实施例的技术方案,终端从子帧索引为n0的下行子帧开始在S1个下行子帧接收下行信息;根据所述下行信息和对应混合自动重传请求HARQ-确认ACK应答信息的定时关系,在S2个上行子帧上发送所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000028
Qi为第i个HARQ-ACK信息传输时对应的重复次数;如此,可以使HD-FDD UE支持HARQ-ACK绑 定,进而使UE支持较高数据速率的MTC的应用。
In the technical solution of the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal receives the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes from the downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 ; and the HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information according to the downlink information and the corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request. a timing relationship, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information is sent on the S2 uplink subframes;
Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-000028
Q i is the number of repetitions corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK information; thus, the HD-FDD UE can support the HARQ-ACK binding, thereby enabling the UE to support the application of the higher data rate MTC.

Claims (36)

  1. 一种上行控制信息的发送方法,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting uplink control information, where the method includes:
    终端从子帧索引为n0的下行子帧开始在S1个下行子帧接收下行信息;根据所述下行信息和对应混合自动重传请求HARQ-确认ACK应答信息的定时关系,在S2个上行子帧上发送所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;其中,
    Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-100001
    Qi为第i个HARQ-ACK应答信息传输时对应的子帧个数。
    The terminal receives downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes from the downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 ; and according to the timing information of the downlink information and the corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information, in the S2 uplink subframes Sending HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information on the frame;
    Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-100001
    Q i is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK response information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述子帧索引为n0的子帧是:预设的子帧或信令指示的子帧。The method according to claim 1, wherein the subframe whose subframe index is n 0 is: a preset subframe or a subframe indicated by signaling.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据预定义的规则确定的所述S1个下行子帧和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系,其中,所述S1的值为预设值,或者S1的值等于最大下行进程数,或者S1的值为信令配置的值。The method according to claim 1, wherein the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information comprises: the uplink of the S1 downlink subframe and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information determined according to a predefined rule. The timing relationship between the subframes, wherein the value of the S1 is a preset value, or the value of S1 is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of S1 is a value configured by the signaling.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:根据下行信息对应的最后一个子帧在S1个子帧中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个上行子帧中的位置。The method according to claim 3, wherein the method further comprises: determining a HARQ corresponding to the downlink information according to a location of the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 subframes and the determined timing relationship - The location of the ACK response message in the S2 uplink subframes.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据预定义的规则确定的S1个下行子帧中N个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系;其中所述
    Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-100002
    Pj为第j个下行信息传输时对应的子帧个数,N的值为预设值,或者N的值等于最大下行进程数,或者N的值为信令配置的值。
    The method according to claim 1, wherein the timing relationship of the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information comprises: N downlink information and a corresponding HARQ-ACK response in the S1 downlink subframes determined according to a predefined rule. Timing relationship between uplink subframes where the information is located;
    Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-100002
    P j is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the jth downlink information, and the value of N is a preset value, or the value of N is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of N is a value configured by signaling.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:根据每个下 行信息在N个下行信息中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定对应HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个上行子帧中的位置。The method of claim 5, wherein the method further comprises: according to each The location of the row information in the N downlink information and the determined timing relationship determine the location of the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S2 uplink subframes.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据S1的值和下行信息传输所占的下行子帧个数确定所述S1个下行子帧包含的下行信息个数G,根据预定义的规则确定G个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系,其中S1的值为预设值或信令指示的值。The method according to claim 1, wherein the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information comprises: determining the S1 downlinks according to the value of S1 and the number of downlink subframes occupied by downlink information transmission. The number of downlink information G included in the frame is determined according to a predefined rule, and the timing relationship between the G downlink information and the uplink subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is determined, where the value of S1 is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling. .
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:根据每个下行信息在G个下行信息中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定对应HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个子帧中的位置。The method according to claim 7, wherein the method further comprises: determining, according to the location of each downlink information in the G downlink information, and the determined timing relationship, the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information in the S2 subframes. The location in .
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述下行信息对应的下行控制信息DCI中包含第一控制域信息且所述第一控制域信息为所述DCI中新增加的下行分配指示DAI域,其中,所述DAI域用于指示以下至少之一:The method according to claim 1, wherein the downlink control information DCI corresponding to the downlink information includes first control domain information, and the first control domain information is a newly added downlink allocation indication DAI domain in the DCI, Wherein, the DAI domain is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述下行信息是否位于所述S1个下行子帧中的最后X个、所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置、所述下行信息相对于所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置的偏移、所述下行信息所处的绑定窗、所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的数量、截止到当前下行信息已累积的下行信息的数量;其中,所述绑定窗由至少一个下行子帧或下行信息组成,X为正整数。Whether the downlink information is located in the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, and the offset of the downlink information with respect to the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, The bound window in which the downlink information is located, the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and the number of downlink information that has accumulated in the current downlink information; wherein the binding window is composed of at least one downlink subframe Or the downlink information is composed, and X is a positive integer.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述DAI域用于指示所述下行信息是否位于S1个下行子帧中最后X个时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the DAI field is used to indicate whether the downlink information is located in the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, the method further includes:
    终端根据接收的最后X个下行信息对应的DAI域确定所述下行信息是S1个下行子帧的最后X个时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。 When the terminal determines that the downlink information is the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule, according to the DAI domain corresponding to the last X downlink information that is received. Or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the downlink information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes are not sent. HARQ-ACK response information.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述DAI域用于指示所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein when the DAI domain is used to indicate an end position of the S1 downlink subframes, the method further includes:
    终端接收的最后一个下行信息的位置和所述DAI域指示的S1个下行子帧的结束位置相同时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。When the location of the last downlink information received by the terminal is the same as the end position of the S1 downlink subframes indicated by the DAI domain, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes is sent according to a predefined rule. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes are not transmitted. Answer the message.
  12. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述DAI域用于指示所述下行信息相对于所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置的偏移时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein when the DAI domain is used to indicate an offset of the downlink information with respect to an end position of the S1 downlink subframes, the method further includes:
    终端根据接收到的最后一个下行信息对应的DAI域确定所述下行信息相对于S1个下行子帧结束位置没有偏移时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。And determining, by the terminal, that the downlink information is not offset from the end position of the S1 downlink subframes according to the received DAI field corresponding to the last downlink information, and transmitting, by using a predefined rule, the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes. The response information or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes are not sent. Corresponding HARQ-ACK response information.
  13. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述DAI域包括第一子控制域和第二子控制域,其中,第一子控制域用于指示所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的数量,第二子控制域用于指示所述到当前下行信息为止已累积的下行信息的数量,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the DAI domain comprises a first sub-control domain and a second sub-control domain, wherein the first sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes. The second sub-control field is used to indicate the quantity of downlink information that has been accumulated up to the current downlink information, and the method further includes:
    终端根据接收到的所有DAI域确定所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的个数和每个下行信息在所述S1个下行子帧内的位置,并根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The terminal determines the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the position of each downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes according to the received DAI domains, and sends the S1 according to a predefined rule. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink subframe or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes.
  14. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述DAI域包括第三子控制域和第四子控制域,其中,第三子控制域用于指示截止到当前下行信息已 累积的下行信息的数量,第四子控制域用于指示所述下行信息所处的绑定窗;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the DAI domain comprises a third sub-control domain and a fourth sub-control domain, wherein the third sub-control domain is used to indicate that the current downlink information has been The number of the accumulated downlink information, the fourth sub-control field is used to indicate the binding window where the downlink information is located; the method further includes:
    终端根据接收到的所有第三子控制域第一次判断是否发生了非连续传输DTX,如果第一次判断的结果为发生了DTX,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;如果第一次判断的结果为未发生DTX,则终端根据接收到的第四子控制域第二次判断是否发生了DTX,如果第二次判断的结果为发生了DTX,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;如果第二次判断的结果为未发生DTX,则根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The terminal determines, according to all the received third sub-control fields, whether the discontinuous transmission DTX has occurred. If the result of the first determination is that the DTX has occurred, the HARQ-ACK response corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes is not sent. The information or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; if the result of the first determination is that the DTX does not occur, the terminal determines, according to the received fourth sub-control domain, whether the second occurrence occurs. DTX, if the result of the second determination is that DTX occurs, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes is not sent; The result of the second determination is that the DQ is not generated, and the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes are sent according to a predefined rule. .
  15. 根据权利要求3、5、7、10、11、12、13或14所述的方法,其中,所述预定义的规则为以下至少之一:第一规则、第二规则;所述第一规则为:所述下行子帧/所述下行信息对应的最后一个子帧和HARQ-ACK应答信息对应的第一个子帧之间的间隔子帧数满足大于预设值L的最小值;所述第二规则为:任意两个上行子帧上的HARQ-ACK应答信息个数之差小于等于预设值F;The method of claim 3, 5, 7, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14, wherein the predefined rule is at least one of: a first rule, a second rule; the first rule The number of the interval subframes between the last subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe/the downlink information and the first subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information satisfies a minimum value greater than a preset value L; The second rule is: the difference between the number of HARQ-ACK response information on any two uplink subframes is less than or equal to a preset value F;
    或者,所述预定义的规则为:所述S1个下行子帧或S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧ns+f上发送,ns为S1个下行子帧中最后一个子帧的子帧索引或最后一个下行信息的最后一个子帧对应的子帧索引,f为预先设定的值或者信令指示的值;Alternatively, the predefined rule is: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes is sent on the subframe n s +f, and n s is the S1 downlink subframes. a subframe index of the last subframe in the frame or a subframe index corresponding to the last subframe of the last downlink information, where f is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling;
    或者,所述方法还包括:将所述S1个下行子帧或S1个下行子帧中的下行信息划分至Y个绑定窗,Y大于等于1,相应地,所述预定义的规则为:绑定窗y对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧ns+f-y上发送;其中,绑 定窗y为S1个下行子帧中倒数第y+1个绑定窗,每个绑定窗所包含的下行子帧或下行信息的个数不超过4,0≤y≤Y-1。Or the method further includes: dividing the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes into Y binding windows, where Y is greater than or equal to 1, and correspondingly, the predefined rules are: The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the binding window y is sent on the subframe n s +fy; wherein, the binding window y is the last y+1 binding window in the S1 downlink subframes, and each binding window is The number of downlink subframes or downlink information included does not exceed 4, 0 ≤ y ≤ Y-1.
  16. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述M的值为预设值,或者M的值根据S1和预设值K确定,或者M的值根据S1下行子帧中包含的下行信息个数和预设值K确定。The method according to claim 1, wherein the value of M is a preset value, or the value of M is determined according to S1 and a preset value K, or the value of M is based on the number of downlink information included in the downlink subframe of S1. And the preset value K is determined.
  17. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,终端根据信令和/或传输规则确定HARQ-ACK应答信息的发送方式,终端根据确定的发送方式发送HARQ-ACK信息。The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal determines the manner of transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information according to the signaling and/or the transmission rule, and the terminal transmits the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined transmission manner.
  18. 一种上行控制信息的发送装置,所述装置包括接收模块和发送模块;其中,A transmitting device for uplink control information, the device comprising a receiving module and a sending module; wherein
    接收模块,配置为从子帧索引为n0的下行子帧开始在S1个下行子帧接收下行信息;The receiving module is configured to receive downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes from a downlink subframe whose subframe index is n 0 ;
    发送模块,配置为根据所述下行信息和对应混合自动重传请求HARQ-确认ACK应答信息的定时关系,在S2个上行子帧上发送所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;其中,
    Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-100003
    Qi为第i个HARQ-ACK应答信息传输时对应的子帧个数。
    The sending module is configured to send the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S2 uplink subframes according to the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ-acknowledgment ACK response information), where
    Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-100003
    Q i is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the i-th HARQ-ACK response information.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其中,所述子帧索引为n0的子帧是:预设的子帧或信令指示的子帧。The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the subframe whose subframe index is n 0 is: a preset subframe or a subframe indicated by signaling.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其中,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据预定义的规则确定的所述S1个下行子帧和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系,其中,所述S1的值为预设值,或者S1的值等于最大下行进程数,或者S1的值为信令配置的值。The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information comprises: the uplink of the S1 downlink subframe and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information determined according to a predefined rule. The timing relationship between the subframes, wherein the value of the S1 is a preset value, or the value of S1 is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of S1 is a value configured by the signaling.
  21. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其中,所述发送模块,还配置为根据下行信息对应的最后一个子帧在S1个子帧中的位置、以及所述确定的定 时关系,确定所述下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个上行子帧中的位置。The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the sending module is further configured to: according to the position of the last subframe corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 subframes, and the determined setting The time relationship determines the location of the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S2 uplink subframes.
  22. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其中,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据预定义的规则确定的S1个下行子帧中N个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系;其中所述
    Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-100004
    Pj为第j个下行信息传输时对应的子帧个数,N的值为预设值,或者N的值等于最大下行进程数,或者N的值为信令配置的值。
    The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the timing relationship of the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information comprises: N downlink information and a corresponding HARQ-ACK response in the S1 downlink subframes determined according to a predefined rule. Timing relationship between uplink subframes where the information is located;
    Figure PCTCN2016104795-appb-100004
    P j is the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission of the jth downlink information, and the value of N is a preset value, or the value of N is equal to the maximum number of downlink processes, or the value of N is a value configured by signaling.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其中,所述发送模块,还配置为根据每个下行信息在N个下行信息中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定对应HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个上行子帧中的位置。The apparatus according to claim 22, wherein the sending module is further configured to determine, according to the location of each downlink information in the N downlink information, and the determined timing relationship, the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information at S2 The position in the uplink subframe.
  24. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其中,所述下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息的定时关系包含:根据S1的值和下行信息传输所占的下行子帧个数确定所述S1个下行子帧包含的下行信息个数G,根据预定义的规则确定G个下行信息和对应HARQ-ACK应答信息所在上行子帧之间的定时关系,其中S1的值为预设值或信令指示的值。The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the timing relationship between the downlink information and the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information comprises: determining the S1 downlinks according to a value of S1 and a number of downlink subframes occupied by downlink information transmission. The number of downlink information G included in the frame is determined according to a predefined rule, and the timing relationship between the G downlink information and the uplink subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information is determined, where the value of S1 is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling. .
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其中,所述发送模块,还配置为根据每个下行信息在G个下行信息中的位置、以及所述确定的定时关系,确定对应HARQ-ACK应答信息在S2个子帧中的位置。The apparatus according to claim 24, wherein the sending module is further configured to determine, according to the location of each downlink information in the G downlink information and the determined timing relationship, the corresponding HARQ-ACK response information at S2 The position in the sub-frame.
  26. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其中,所述接收模块,还配置为接收所述下行信息对应的下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI中包含第一控制域信息;且所述第一控制域信息为所述DCI中新增加的下行分配指示DAI域,其中,所述DAI域用于指示以下至少之一:The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the receiving module is further configured to receive downlink control information DCI corresponding to the downlink information, where the DCI includes first control domain information; and the first control domain information The DAI domain is indicated for the newly added downlink allocation in the DCI, where the DAI domain is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述下行信息是否位于所述S1个下行子帧中的最后X个、所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置、所述下行信息相对于所述S1个下行子帧的结束位置 的偏移、所述下行信息所处的绑定窗、所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的数量、截止到当前下行信息已累积的下行信息的数量;其中,所述绑定窗由至少一个下行子帧或下行信息组成。Whether the downlink information is located in the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, and the end position of the downlink information relative to the S1 downlink subframes. The offset, the binding window in which the downlink information is located, the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and the number of downlink information accumulated in the current downlink information; wherein the binding window is at least A downlink subframe or downlink information is composed.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其中,所述接收模块,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
    所述发送模块,还配置为根据接收的最后X个下行信息对应的DAI域确定所述下行信息是S1个下行子帧的最后X个时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module is further configured to: when the downlink information is the last X of the S1 downlink subframes, according to the received DAI field corresponding to the last X downlink information, send the S1 downlink subframe according to a predefined rule. Corresponding HARQ-ACK response information or HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, not transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlinks The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the subframe.
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其中,所述接收模块,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
    所述发送模块,还配置为在接收的最后一个下行信息的位置和所述DAI域指示的S1个下行子帧的结束位置相同时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module is further configured to: when the location of the last downlink information received is the same as the end position of the S1 downlink subframes indicated by the DAI domain, send the corresponding S1 downlink subframes according to a predefined rule. The HARQ-ACK response information or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes are not transmitted. The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information.
  29. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其中,所述接收模块,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
    所述发送模块,还配置为根据接收到的最后一个下行信息对应的DAI域的值确定所述下行信息相对于S1个下行子帧结束位置没有偏移时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;否则,不发送所 述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module is further configured to: when the downlink information is not offset from the end position of the S1 downlink subframes, according to the value of the DAI field corresponding to the received last downlink information, send the S1 according to a predefined rule. HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to downlink subframes or HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; otherwise, no transmission The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes.
  30. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其中,所述DAI域包括第一子控制域和第二子控制域,其中,第一子控制域用于指示所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的数量,第二子控制域用于指示所述到当前下行信息为止已累积的下行信息的数量;The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the DAI domain comprises a first sub-control domain and a second sub-control domain, wherein the first sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes The second sub-control field is used to indicate the quantity of downlink information that has been accumulated up to the current downlink information;
    所述接收模块,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;The receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
    所述发送模块,还配置为根据接收到的所有DAI域确定所述S1个下行子帧内下行信息的个数和每个下行信息在所述S1个下行子帧内的位置,并根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module is further configured to determine, according to all received DAI domains, the number of downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes and the location of each downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes, and according to the predefined The rule sends the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes.
  31. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其中,所述DAI域包括第三子控制域和第四子控制域,其中,第三子控制域用于指示到当前下行信息为止已累积的下行信息的数量,第四子控制域用于指示所述下行信息所处的绑定窗;The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein said DAI domain comprises a third sub-control domain and a fourth sub-control domain, wherein the third sub-control domain is used to indicate the number of downlink information accumulated up to the current downlink information. The fourth sub-control field is used to indicate a binding window where the downlink information is located;
    所述接收模块,还配置为将接收的DAI域的值发送至发送模块;The receiving module is further configured to send the value of the received DAI domain to the sending module;
    所述发送模块,还配置为根据接收到的所有第三子控制域第一次判断是否发生了非连续传输DTX,在第一次判断的结果为发生DTX时,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;在第一次判断的结果为未发生DTX时,根据接收到的第四子控制域第二次判断是否发生DTX,在第二次判断的结果为发生DTX时,不发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息;在第二次判断的结果为未发生DTX时,根据预定义的规则发送所述S1个下行子帧对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息或所述S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的 HARQ-ACK应答信息。The sending module is further configured to determine, according to all the received third sub-control domains, whether the discontinuous transmission DTX has occurred, and when the first judgment result is that DTX occurs, the S1 downlink sub-s The HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the frame or the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes; when the first judgment result is that no DTX occurs, according to the received fourth sub-control domain Determining whether DTX occurs or not, and not transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the HARQ- corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes when the result of the second determination is that the DTX is generated. ACK response information; when the result of the second determination is that DTX does not occur, the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes or the downlink information corresponding to the S1 downlink subframes are corresponding according to a predefined rule. HARQ-ACK response information.
  32. 根据权利要求20、22、24、27、28、29、30或31所述的装置,其中,所述预定义的规则为以下至少之一:第一规则、第二规则;所述第一规则为:所述下行子帧/所述下行信息对应的最后一个子帧和HARQ-ACK应答信息对应的第一个子帧之间的间隔子帧数满足大于预设值L的最小值;所述第二规则为:任意两个上行子帧上的HARQ-ACK应答信息个数之差小于等于预设值F;The apparatus according to claim 20, 22, 24, 27, 28, 29, 30 or 31, wherein said predefined rule is at least one of: a first rule, a second rule; said first rule The number of the interval subframes between the last subframe corresponding to the downlink subframe/the downlink information and the first subframe corresponding to the HARQ-ACK response information satisfies a minimum value greater than a preset value L; The second rule is: the difference between the number of HARQ-ACK response information on any two uplink subframes is less than or equal to a preset value F;
    或者,所述预定义的规则为:所述S1个下行子帧或S1个下行子帧中下行信息对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧ns+f上发送,ns为S1个下行子帧中最后一个子帧的子帧索引或最后一个下行信息的最后一个子帧对应的子帧索引,f为预先设定的值或者信令指示的值;Alternatively, the predefined rule is: the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes is sent on the subframe n s +f, and n s is the S1 downlink subframes. a subframe index of the last subframe in the frame or a subframe index corresponding to the last subframe of the last downlink information, where f is a preset value or a value indicated by the signaling;
    或者,所述装置还包括划分模块,所述划分模块,还配置为将所述S1个下行子帧或S1个下行子帧中的下行信息划分至Y个绑定窗,Y大于等于1,相应地,所述预定义的规则为:绑定窗y对应的HARQ-ACK应答信息在子帧ns+f-y上发送;其中,绑定窗y为S1个下行子帧中倒数第y+1个绑定窗,每个绑定窗所包含的下行子帧或下行信息的个数不超过4,0≤y≤Y-1。Or the device further includes a dividing module, where the dividing module is further configured to divide the downlink information in the S1 downlink subframes or the S1 downlink subframes into Y binding windows, where Y is greater than or equal to 1, corresponding to The pre-defined rule is that the HARQ-ACK response information corresponding to the binding window y is sent on the subframe n s +fy; wherein the binding window y is the last y+1th of the S1 downlink subframes Binding window, the number of downlink subframes or downlink information included in each binding window does not exceed 4, 0 ≤ y ≤ Y-1.
  33. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其中,所述M的值为预设值,或者M的值根据S1和预设值K确定,或者M的值根据S1下行子帧中包含的下行信息个数和预设值K确定。The device according to claim 18, wherein the value of M is a preset value, or the value of M is determined according to S1 and a preset value K, or the value of M is based on the number of downlink information included in the downlink subframe of S1. And the preset value K is determined.
  34. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其中,所述发送模块还配置为根据信令和/或传输规则确定HARQ-ACK应答信息的发送方式,终端根据确定的发送方式发送HARQ-ACK信息。The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the transmitting module is further configured to determine a manner of transmitting the HARQ-ACK response information according to the signaling and/or the transmission rule, and the terminal transmits the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined transmission manner.
  35. 一种终端,所述终端包括权利要求18至34任一项所述的装置。A terminal comprising the apparatus of any one of claims 18 to 34.
  36. 一种存储介质,所述存储介质中存储有计算机可执行指令,该计 算机可执行指令配置为执行权利要求1-17任一项所述的上行控制信息的发送方法。 A storage medium storing computer executable instructions in the storage medium The computer executable instructions are configured to perform the method of transmitting uplink control information according to any one of claims 1-17.
PCT/CN2016/104795 2016-08-12 2016-11-04 Method, device and terminal, and storage medium for transmitting uplink control information WO2018028063A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610666684 2016-08-12
CN201610666684.8 2016-08-12
CN201610876662.4 2016-09-30
CN201610876662.4A CN107733587A (en) 2016-08-12 2016-09-30 A kind of sending method of ascending control information, device and terminal

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018028063A1 true WO2018028063A1 (en) 2018-02-15

Family

ID=61161756

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/104795 WO2018028063A1 (en) 2016-08-12 2016-11-04 Method, device and terminal, and storage medium for transmitting uplink control information

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018028063A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112367645A (en) * 2020-11-09 2021-02-12 海能达通信股份有限公司 Method for improving demodulation performance of MPDCCH and related device
CN114342286A (en) * 2019-08-23 2022-04-12 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and communication equipment

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101771522A (en) * 2009-01-05 2010-07-07 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method for sending repeated acknowledgement or negative acknowledgment feedback, system and user equipment
CN101771512A (en) * 2008-12-31 2010-07-07 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method for sending repeated acknowledgement or negative acknowledgment feedback, system and user equipment
CN101834709A (en) * 2009-03-11 2010-09-15 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method for performing hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback and user equipment
US20160020849A1 (en) * 2014-07-18 2016-01-21 Htc Corporation Network and user equipment of HD-FDD communication system for handling HARQ

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101771512A (en) * 2008-12-31 2010-07-07 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method for sending repeated acknowledgement or negative acknowledgment feedback, system and user equipment
CN101771522A (en) * 2009-01-05 2010-07-07 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method for sending repeated acknowledgement or negative acknowledgment feedback, system and user equipment
CN101834709A (en) * 2009-03-11 2010-09-15 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method for performing hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback and user equipment
US20160020849A1 (en) * 2014-07-18 2016-01-21 Htc Corporation Network and user equipment of HD-FDD communication system for handling HARQ

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114342286A (en) * 2019-08-23 2022-04-12 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and communication equipment
CN112367645A (en) * 2020-11-09 2021-02-12 海能达通信股份有限公司 Method for improving demodulation performance of MPDCCH and related device
CN112367645B (en) * 2020-11-09 2023-06-16 海能达通信股份有限公司 Method for improving MPDCH demodulation performance and related device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI716803B (en) Method and terminal for performing mixed automatic retransmission request feedback
JP6500164B2 (en) Uplink control information transmission method and apparatus
JP6663076B2 (en) Information transmission method and user device
WO2019174486A1 (en) Resource indicating and determining method and device
CN108029120B (en) Method for indicating resources allocated to HARQ messages in a random access procedure for a low complexity narrowband terminal
TWI620431B (en) Device and method for supporting hd-fdd operation in a network operating in an fdd mode
WO2017024912A1 (en) Random access method, device, and system
TWI615000B (en) Uplink control information transmission method and device
WO2017076157A1 (en) Data scheduling and transmission method, apparatus, and system
JP6940121B2 (en) Data transmission methods, equipment and systems
CN114451047A (en) Bypass resource determination, bypass signal sending and receiving method and device in wireless communication system
US11039461B2 (en) Method and device of resource allocations for scheduling assignments in device to device communications
JP2022549660A (en) Method and associated apparatus for multiplexing uplink control information
EP2878165A1 (en) Dl scheduling and harq-ack feedback for dl transmissions in flexible-tdd systems without and with cross-subframe scheduling
WO2015106554A1 (en) Resource management method and device and computer storage medium
KR20230079507A (en) Methods, apparatus and systems for determining a size of a feedback signal in a wireless communication
JP7443504B2 (en) Feedback information transmission method and device
WO2015139326A1 (en) Control information enhanced transmission method, user equipment, base station, and communications system
JP2020523841A (en) Feedback information transmission/reception method, apparatus and communication system
TW201519680A (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control information
WO2016049850A1 (en) Uplink data transmission method and related device
WO2019154126A1 (en) Feedback codebook determining method and device
WO2018112922A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
TWI607635B (en) Device and method of handling harq operation for unlicensed band
CN110140371B (en) resource reservation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16912517

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16912517

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1